Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Bridge Bancorp Inc.

Bridge Bancorp Inc.

bdge · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bdge
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Bridge Bancorp Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2014 Annual Report

BRIDGE
BANCORP, INC.

Financial Highlights 

(in thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

For the year ended December 31,

2014

2013

EARNINGS

Net income

Return on average equity

Return on average assets

BALANCE SHEET

Assets

Loans

Deposits

Stockholders’ equity

PER SHARE DATA

Diluted earnings

Cash dividends paid

Book value

$ 

13,763

$ 

13,093

7.76%

0.64%

9.89%

0.77%

$ 2,288,653

$ 1,896,746

$ 1,338,327

$ 1,013,263

$ 1,833,779

$ 1,539,079

$  175,118

$  159,460

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.18

0.92

15.03

$ 

$ 

$ 

1.36

0.69

14.10

Reconciliation of GAAP and core: net income, diluted earnings per share (EPS), return on average assets (ROA) and 
return on average equity (ROE):

For the year ended December 31,

2014

2013

Reported—(GAAP)

Adjustments, net of taxes:

  Acquisition costs and branch  

restructuring

  Net securities losses (gains)

Net
Income

Diluted
EPS

ROA

ROE

Net
Income

Diluted
EPS

ROA

ROE

$ 13,763

$  1.18

0.64%

7.76% $ 13,093

$  1.36

0.77%

9.89%

3,812

709

0.33

0.06

0.18

0.03

2.15

0.40

376

0.04

0.02

(447)

(0.05)

(0.02)

0.29

(0.34)

Core results

$ 18,284

$1.57

0.85% 10.31% $ 13,022

$ 1.35

0.77%

9.84%

The table above provides a reconciliation of reported results under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and core results. The GAAP results have been adjusted for 
acquisition costs related to FNBNY & CNB, branch restructuring costs, and net securities losses/(gains), and presented on a net of tax basis.

 
 
Our Branches and Lending Reach

CT

NY

NJ

NEW YORK METRO AREA

BNB Branches

 Bay Shore
 Bridgehampton
 Center Moriches
 Cutchogue 
 Deer Park
 East Hampton
 East Hampton Village
 Greenport
 Hampton Bays
 Hauppauge
 Massapequa
 Mattituck
 Melville
 Merrick
 Montauk
 Patchogue
 Peconic Landing
 Port Jefferson
 Rocky Point
 Ronkonkoma
 Sag Harbor
 Shelter Island 
 Shirley
 Smithtown
 Southampton Village
 Southampton (Windmill Lane)
 Southold
 Wading River
 Westhampton Beach

CNB Branches

 Bayside
 Garden City
 Great Neck
 Hewlett
 Huntington
 Manhattan
 Melville
 New Hyde Park
 Oceanside
 Rockville Centre
 Woodbury

Commercial Loan Offices

LONG ISLAND

Expanding Bank Footprint

 BNB Branches   
 Headquarters/Branch Bridgehampton
     Corporate Office/Branch Hauppauge

 Commercial Loan Offices
 Community National Bank (CNB)—Acquisition expected to close June 2015

 Manhattan
 Riverhead

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Annual Report • 1

“The tenets of the BNB business model remain 

unchanged. We are steadfast in our commitment  

to community banking and to delivering results  

to all our stakeholders.”

We are passionate about Long  
Island business because we are  
a Long Island business.

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Annual Report • 3

Fellow Shareholders:

My  annual  message  is  a  critical  shareholder 
 communication  tool  enabling  me  to  share  the 
strategies,  successes  and  challenges  of  the  past 
year, as well as the opportunities and outlook for 
the  coming  year.  This  year  I  looked  back  at  the 
themes and discussions from 2005, a point preced­
ing  the  most  recent  financial  crisis,  or  Great 
Recession.  During  the  past  decade,  many  in  our 
industry  have  restructured,  merged  and/or  disap­
peared.  There  has  been  significant  governmental 
response,  intervention  and  increased  regulation, 
and  we  are  experiencing  generational  lows  in 
interest  rates.  Our  economy  has  recovered,  as  we 
have  in  every  preceding  business  cycle,  although 
the  strength  and  breadth  of  the  recovery  remains 
in  debate.  Since  it  is  often  said  “history  repeats 
itself,” I wanted to determine how or  if the issues 
and  challenges  of  2005  were  materially  different 
than the issues facing our Company today, in 2015. 
To offer context, in 2005 BNB was approxi­
mately  one  third  the  size  it  is  today  in  terms  of 
assets, branches, employees and markets. Specifically, 
there  were  11  branches,  compared  to  29;  130 
employees,  compared  to  348;  and  our  market  area 
was  principally  focused  on  the  east  end  of  Long 
Island,  compared  to  the  entire  island.  These  are 
dramatic  differences  in  size,  scale  and  reach. 
However, behind the statistics, is an organization, 
and  candidly,  an  environment  very  much  the 
same  as  today’s.  The  concerns  in  2005  were  low 
interest  rates,  increased  regulation,  issues  relative 
to  technology  and  an  ultracompetitive  landscape. 
Our message in 2005 was to remain true to, and 
focused on, the BNB community banking mission, 
while seeking growth and increased scale to meet 
existing  challenges.  This  is  remarkably  consistent 

$2.3

Billion 

in assets at year end.  

A 21% increase over 2013.

with  our  goals  for  2015.  The  tenets  of  the  BNB 
business model remain unchanged. We are stead­
fast  in  our  commitment  to  community  banking, 
and  to  delivering  results  to  all  stakeholders:  our 
employees, our customers, our regulators and most 
importantly to you, our shareholders.

I  confidently  report  with  the  same  opinion 
and  passion  for  community  banking  as  my  pred­
ecessor,  Tom  Tobin,  who  in  our  2005  annual 
report  presented  an  organization  proud  of  its 
accomplishments,  mindful  of  its  challenges,  and 
committed  to  its  customers’  success.  These  guid­
ing  principles  were  and  are  fundamental  to  our 
actions  and  will  propel  us  into  the  future.  While 
the  world  has  changed,  the  issues  and  challenges 
we  face  remain  ever­present.  Our  success  lies  in 
the consistency and focus of our response.

Against  this  backdrop,  I  proudly  highlight 
this year’s accomplishments, successes and achieve­
ments.  An  important  measure  of  success  is  Net 
Income, and on a core basis, we achieved a record 
$18.3  million  or  $1.57  per  share.  We  posted 

4 • Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Annual Report

strong core returns on average assets and equity of 
.85%  and  10.31%,  respectively.  Our  diligent  and 
conservative  approach  to  underwriting  is  evident 
in the continuation of strong asset quality metrics. 
We  continue  to  benefit  from  low­cost  core  fund­
ing, allowing our margin to remain strong, despite 
the  low  level  of  market  interest  rates.  We  have 
delivered  these  results  while  still  executing  our 
expansion  strategy,  through  De  Novo  branching, 
acquisitions, and the addition of talented, experi­
enced  bankers.  These  initiatives  are  the  basis  for 
our continued growth, as measured by increases in 
deposits and loans.

During  the  year,  the  organization  eclipsed 
$2.0 billion in assets and ended 2014 at $2.3 bil­
lion. This measure in dollars, while important, is a 
reflection of the significant growth and increase in 
the  number  of  customers  we  serve.  Numerous 
individuals,  businesses,  and  organizations  chose 

BNB as their bank, either transferring from other 
banks, or expanding their existing relationship with 
us. A portion of our growth is also attrib utable to 
the  addition  of  the  three  branches  of  the  former 
First National Bank of New York (FNBNY). This 
transaction was announced in 2013, and we closed 
the deal and converted their branches onto our IT 
platform in February 2014. 

Deposit  growth,  the  lifeblood  of  any  bank, 
was  substantial  in  2014,  and  was  realized  across 
the breadth of our franchise. Each of our branches 
achieved core growth, and total deposits exceeded 
$1.8 billion at year end, with approximately 38% 
in  core  demand  deposits.  Our  core  deposit  fran­
chise  remains  a  primary  organizational  strength, 
as it has been throughout our 100+ year history. 

Loan  growth  also  continued  its  upward 
 trajectory in 2014. Our customers, both businesses 
and  individuals  sensing  improvement  in  the 

Many Success Stories. 

BNB continues to bring its brand of banking  

to new communities. In 2014, branches were 

opened in Bay Shore, Smithtown and Port 

Jefferson, strong Long Island communities who 

value partnership, personal service, local lending 

and local decision making.

Photo: The BNB vintage truck in front of the 

new Port Jefferson Branch.

32%

Increase in loans

in 2014, loans exceeded  

$1.3 billion at year end.

Fireworks by Grucci is a sixth generation Long Island business whose brilliant  

displays are world renowned. BNB worked hand in hand with Phil Grucci to help  

ignite his growth. He values “local” and the opportunity to work with a team of  

bankers who are vested in his success.

29

Branches

348

Employees

Who doesn’t like a great cookie? Kathleen King started baking at 11 and today, with 

BNB’s financial partnership, Tate’s Bake Shop’s 15,000­square­foot bakery became a 

40,000­square­foot facility shipping its iconic treats across the country. A small­town  

girl and her community bank working together to make a sweet dream possible. 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Annual Report • 7

economy,  sought  to  expand,  invest,  and  grow  in 
these  markets.  Our  expanded  footprint  allowed  
us to add customers in new markets, especially in 
the NYC region. Loans outstanding exceeded $1.3 
billion  at  year  end,  a  32%  increase  from  2013, 
continuing  a  strong  three  year  trend.  Our  com­
pounded  annual  growth  rate  over  this  period  has 
been  approximately  25%.  We  strongly  advocate 
our role in providing, on conservative terms and at 
reasonable prices, the credit and capital needed to 
facilitate  the  expansion  of  the  markets  we  serve. 
Banking at its core is an engine of economic expan­
sion  and  job  creation.  Ultimately  our  success  is 
connected to the health of the  communities we serve. 
In  2014,  we  again  brought  the  BNB  brand 
of  banking  to  new  communities.  We  had  the 
opportunity to open branches and add experienced 
professional  bankers  in  Bay  Shore,  Port  Jefferson 
and  Smithtown.  These  are  strong  Long  Island 

communities  who  value  partnership,  personal 
 service,  local  lending  and  local  decision  making. 
This  expansion,  coupled  with  the  addition  of  the 
three branches from FNBNY and loan origination 
offices in NYC and Riverhead, provide substantial 
opportunities to add new customers, and increase 
deposits and loans.

A major expansion milestone in 2014 was the 
announcement, on December 15, of the agreement 
to acquire Community National Bank (CNB), an 
11 branch, $1.0 billion community bank based in 
Melville, New York. CNB was formed in 2005 with 
a mission similar to ours, focusing on commercial 
business  and  local  partnerships.  This  acquisition 
broadens  the  BNB  footprint  across  Suffolk  and 
Nassau counties, and into Queens and Manhattan. 
We will have 40 branches across this marketplace, 
including our first full­service branch in New York 
City. The transaction is subject to regulatory and 

Long Island is made up of a series of unique 

communities and neighborhoods. BNB Bankers 

understand and appreciate both the opportunities 

and the challenges of each individual marketplace 

and offer insightful direction and partnership to 

their customers. 

8 • Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Annual Report

shareholder approvals and is expected to close in the 
second quarter of 2015. On a pro­forma basis, our 
Company’s assets will exceed $3 billion and deposits 
will be $2.7 billion. This acquisition, combined with 
our organic growth, positions BNB as a financial 
leader on Long Island. We will be the largest com­
munity  bank  headquartered  on  Long  Island, 
focused  principally  on  business.  As  we  often  say 
and  prove  every  day,  we  understand  Long  Island 
business, because we are a Long Island business. 

Our  expansion  requires  a  requisite  invest­
ment in the organization’s infrastructure, and pro­
vides  us  the  scale  to  invest  in  the  people  and 
systems  necessary  to  ensure  compliance  with  an 
ever  increasing  regulatory  burden.  In  2013,  we 
made a tactical decision to bring our IT processing 
in­house  and  we  successfully  executed  this  in 
2014.  This  decision  increased  our  flexibility  to 
continue executing our acquisition strategy, while 

improving system security, testing capabilities and 
enhancing business continuity processes. 

As  a  shareholder  reflecting  on  the  year’s 
milestones  and  continued  success  of  BNB,  your 
first  instinct  may  be  to  question  how  we  can 
maintain  this  momentum.  I  have  highlighted  
the  challenges  we  face:  interest  rate  environment, 
increased  regulation,  technology  and  data  security 
threats  and  the  competitive  landscape.  These  
have  been  consistent,  not  just  in  the  recent  past, 
but  across  the  entirety  of  our  100+  year  history.  
We  have  succeeded  while  others  have  struggled 
because of a strong commitment from our Board, 
who have identified a clear vision and mission. We 
have succeeded because we are supportive of man­
agement  and  provide  leadership  and  continuity. 
We have succeeded because we have a core group 
of  bankers,  both  long­tenured  and  recent  addi­
tions, whose primary mission is BNB’s success. We 

One Bank.

Over 100 years ago, BNB bankers worked with 

farmers and merchants. Today, across Long Island, 

BNB supports numerous businesses in diverse 

industries from manufacturing to technology  

to the wine producing businesses of the North 

and South Forks.

$1.8

Billion

in total deposits, a 19%  

increase compared to 2013.

Captain Joe Frohnhoefer started Sea Tow with one boat coming to the rescue of stranded 

boaters on the Long Island water ways. A BNB customer for close to 30 years, Captain 

Joe credits the Bank with helping him achieve phenomenal growth. What started as a 

small local business has grown into one with hundreds of locations around the world.

In memory of our good friend Captain Joe.
1943–2015

As a Long Island Business, BNB supports business growth and innovation at all 

levels. When Hauppauge based Triple Crown Logistics owner Bruce Natale wanted 

to expand his burgeoning warehouse, distribution and moving business, a financial 

partnership with BNB helped move his business forward.

TOTAL LOANS BY TYPE  at December 31, 2014

 Commercial Mortgages
 Commercial Loans
 Multifamily Loans
Residential &  
Consumer Loans
Equity Loans
Construction & Land Loans

Average Yield 4.9%

44% 
22%
16%

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Annual Report • 11

8%
5%
5%

TOTAL LOANS BY TYPE  at December 31, 2014

 Commercial Mortgages
 Commercial Loans
 Multifamily Loans
Residential &  
Consumer Loans
Equity Loans
Construction & Land Loans

44% 
22%
16%

8%
5%
5%

Average Yield 4.9%

TOTAL DEPOSITS BY TYPE  at December 31, 2014

 Demand Deposits
Money Markets
 Savings & NOW
 Certificates of Deposit

Average Cost of 
Customer Deposits 0.26%

38%
36%
18%
8%

TOTAL DEPOSITS BY TYPE  at December 31, 2014

TOTAL ASSETS

(at December 31, in millions)

TOTAL DEPOSITS

(at December 31, in millions)

NET INCOME

 (in millions)

TOTAL LOANS

(at December 31, in millions)

TOTAL ASSETS
(at December 31, in millions)

TOTAL DEPOSITS
(at December 31, in millions)

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0

2000

1500

1000

500

0

15

12

9

6

3

0

1500

1200

900

600

300

0

$2,500

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

$2,288.7

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

$2,000

$1,500

$1,000

$500

$0

$1,833.8

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

TOTAL LOANS
(at December 31, in millions)

 Demand Deposits
Money Markets
 Savings & NOW
 Certificates of Deposit
$1,500
Average Cost of 
$1,338.3
Customer Deposits 0.26%
$1,200

38%
36%
18%
8%

$15

$12

NET INCOME
 (in millions)

$13.8

$900

$600

$300

$0

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

$9

$6

$3

$0

’10

’11

’12

’13

’14

 
 
 
 
 
 
12 • Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2014 Annual Report

have  created  a  strong,  focused  culture,  attracting 
clients and customers who respect our institution, 
and who are proud to be associated with BNB. All 
of  these  components  serve  as  the  foundation  of  
our success.

Our  history,  combined  with  our  perfor­
mance,  provides  our  team  with  the  confidence 
that  we  can  maintain  our  momentum,  build  on 
our success and deliver value to our customers, our 
employees and you, our shareholders. I thank you 
again  for  this  opportunity  to  lead  this  distinctive 
organization,  and  look  forward  to  sharing  with 
you our future accomplishments. 

Sincerely,

Kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

BNB Community Banking. Partnering with 

businesses from Montauk to Manhattan. 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

  

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 

                                               SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 

Commission File No. 001-34096 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

NEW YORK 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

11-2934195 
(IRS Employer Identification Number) 

2200 MONTAUK HIGHWAY, BRIDGEHAMPTON, NEW YORK  
(Address of principal executive offices) 

11932 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (631) 537-1000 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, Par Value of $0.01 Per Share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act: 

(Title of Class) 
None 

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  a  well-known  seasoned  issuer,  as  defined  in  Rule  405  of  the  Securities  Act. 
Yes  No  

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the  Act. 
Yes  No  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  No  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  No  

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers  pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  (§229.405)  of  this  chapter  is  not 
contained  herein,  and  will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):  

Large accelerated filer  Accelerated filer  Non-accelerated filer  Smaller reporting company  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  No  

The approximate aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of 
the Common Stock on June 30, 2014, was $264,984,209. 

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding on March 13, 2015 was 11,704,184.  

Portions of the following documents are incorporated into the Parts of this Report on Form 10-K indicated below:  

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 
30, 2015 (Part III).  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1 

  Business 

Item 1A 

  Risk Factors 

Item 1B 

  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2 

  Properties 

Item 3 

  Legal Proceedings 

Item 4 

  Mine Safety Disclosures 

PART II 

Item 5 

  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities 

Item 6 

  Selected Financial Data 

Item 7 

  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A 

  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8 

  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9 

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A 

  Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B 

  Other Information 

PART III 

Item 10 

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11 

  Executive Compensation 

Item 12 

  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Item 13 

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14 

  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Item 15 

  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

SIGNATURES 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

1 

8 

12 

12 

13     

13 

13 

15 

16 

34 

36 

86 

86 

86 

86 

86 

87 

87 

87 

87 

88 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I  

Item 1. Business  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant” or “Company”) is a registered bank holding company for The Bridgehampton National Bank 
(the “Bank”). The Bank was established in 1910 as a national banking association and is headquartered in Bridgehampton, New York. 
The Registrant was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1988, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the 
Bank for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company pursuant to a plan of reorganization under which the former shareholders 
of  the  Bank  became  the  shareholders  of  the  Company.  Since  commencing  business  in  March  1989,  after  the  reorganization,  the 
Registrant has functioned primarily as the holder of all of the Bank’s common stock. In May 1999, the Bank established a real estate 
investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc. (“BCI”), as an operating subsidiary. The assets transferred to BCI are 
viewed by the bank regulators as part of the Bank’s assets in consolidation. The operations of the Bank also include Bridge Abstract 
LLC (“Bridge Abstract”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, which is a broker of title insurance services and Bridge Financial 
Services LLC (“Bridge Financial Services’), an investment services subsidiary that was formed in March 2014; in October 2009, the 
Company  formed  Bridge  Statutory  Capital  Trust  II  (the  “Trust”)  as  a  subsidiary,  which  sold  $16.0  million  of  8.5%  cumulative 
convertible Trust Preferred Securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) in a private placement to accredited investors.  

Federally chartered in 1910, the Bank was founded by local farmers and merchants and now operates twenty nine branches on Long 
Island.  For  a  century,  the  Bank  has  maintained  its  focus  on  building  customer  relationships  in  its  market  area.  The  mission  of  the 
Company is to grow through the provision of exceptional service to its customers, its employees, and the community. The Company 
strives  to  achieve  excellence  in  financial  performance  and  build  long  term  shareholder  value.  The  Bank  engages  in  full  service 
commercial and consumer banking business, including accepting time, savings and demand deposits from the consumers, businesses 
and local municipalities surrounding its branch offices. These deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, 
are  invested  primarily  in:  (1)  commercial  real  estate  loans;  (2)  home  equity  loans;  (3)  construction  loans;  (4)  residential  mortgage 
loans;  (5)  secured  and  unsecured  commercial  and  consumer  loans;  (6)  FHLB,  FNMA,  GNMA  and  FHLMC    and  non-agency 
mortgage-backed  securities,  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  and  other  asset  backed  securities;  (7)  New  York  State  and  local 
municipal obligations; and (8) U.S government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities. The Bank also offers the CDARS program, 
providing multi-millions of FDIC insurance on CD deposits to its customers. In addition, the Bank offers merchant credit and debit 
card processing, automated teller machines, cash management services, lockbox processing, online banking services, remote deposit 
capture, safe deposit boxes, individual retirement accounts and investment services through Bridge Financial Services, offering a full 
range of investment products and services through a third party broker dealer. Through its title insurance abstract subsidiary, the Bank 
acts  as  a  broker  for  title  insurance  services.  The  Bank’s  customer  base  is  comprised  principally  of  small  businesses,  municipal 
relationships and consumer relationships.  

The Bank employs 348 people on a full-time and part-time basis. The Bank provides a variety of employment benefits and considers 
its relationship with its employees to be positive. In addition, the Company maintains equity incentive plans under which it may issue 
shares of common stock of the Company.  

All phases of the Bank’s business are highly competitive. The Bank faces direct competition from a significant number of financial 
institutions operating in its market area, many with a statewide or regional presence, and in some cases, a national presence. There is 
also competition for banking business from competitors outside of its market areas. Most of these competitors are significantly larger 
than the Bank, and therefore have greater financial and marketing resources and lending limits than those of the Bank. The fixed cost 
of  regulatory  compliance  remains  high  for  community  banks  as  compared  to  their  larger  competitors  that  are  able  to  achieve 
economies of scale. The Bank considers its major competition to be local commercial banks as well as other commercial banks with 
branches in the Bank’s market area. Other competitors include savings banks, credit unions, mortgage brokers and financial services 
firms other than financial institutions such as investment and insurance companies. Increased competition within the Bank’s market 
areas  may  limit  growth  and  profitability.    Additionally,  as  the  Bank’s  market  area  expands  westward,  competitive  pressure  in  new 
markets is expected to be strong. The title insurance abstract subsidiary also faces competition from other title insurance brokers as 
well as directly from the companies that underwrite title insurance. In New York State, title insurance is obtained on most transfers of 
real estate and mortgage transactions.  

The Bank’s principal market area is located in Suffolk County, New York. Suffolk County is located on the eastern portion of Long 
Island and has a population of approximately 1.5 million. Eastern Long Island is semi-rural. Surrounded by water and including the 
Hamptons and North Fork, the region is a recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort 
locale  world-wide.  While  the  local  economy  flourishes  in  the  summer  months  as  a  result  of  the  influx  of  tourists  and  second 
homeowners, the year-round population has grown considerably in recent years, resulting in a reduction of the seasonal fluctuations in 
the  economy.  Industries  represented  in  the  marketplace  include  retail  establishments;  construction  and  trades;  restaurants  and  bars; 
lodging  and  recreation;  professional  entities;  real  estate;  health  services;  passenger  transportation;  and  agricultural  and  related 
businesses. During the last decade, the Long Island wine industry has grown with an increasing number of new wineries and vineyards 
locating in the region each year. The vast majority of businesses are considered small businesses employing fewer than ten full-time 

Page -1- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
employees.  In  recent  years,  more  national  chains  have  opened  retail  stores  within  the  villages  on  the  north  and  south  forks  of  the 
island. Major employers in the region include the municipalities, school districts, hospitals, and financial institutions.  

The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries, with the exception of the real estate investment trust which files its own federal and state 
income tax returns, report their income on a consolidated basis using the accrual method of accounting and are subject to federal and 
state income taxation. In general, banks are subject to federal income tax in the same manner as other corporations. However, gains 
and losses realized by banks from the sale of available for sale securities are generally treated as ordinary income, rather than capital 
gains  or  losses.  The  Bank  is  subject  to  the  New  York  State  Franchise  Tax  on  Banking  Corporations  based  on  certain  criteria.  The 
taxation of net income is similar to federal taxable income subject to certain modifications.  

DeNovo Branch Expansion 
Since 2010, the Bank has opened ten new branches including seven over the last three years. The Bank opened two branches in 2012: 
one in Ronkonkoma, New York with proximity to MacArthur Airport complementing the Patchogue branch and extending the Bank’s 
reach into the Bohemia market and one branch and administrative offices in Hauppauge, New York. In 2013, the Bank opened two 
branches: one in Rocky Point, New York and one on Shelter Island, New York. In 2014, the Bank opened three branches: one in Bay 
Shore, New York in September, one in Port Jefferson, New York in November and one in Smithtown, New York in December. These 
branch  openings  demonstrate  the  Bank’s  commitment  to  traditional  growth  through  branch  expansion  and  move  the  Bank 
geographically westward. 

Mergers and Acquisitions 
Hamptons State Bank 
In May 2011, the Bank acquired Hamptons State Bank (“HSB”)  which increased the Bank’s presence in an existing  market  with a 
branch  located  in  the  Village  of  Southampton.  In  July  2011,  the  Bank  converted  the  former  HSB  customers  to  its  core  operating 
system.  Management  spent  considerable  time  ensuring  the  transition  progressed  smoothly  for  HSB’s  former  customers  and 
shareholders and demonstrated its ability to successfully integrate the former HSB customers and achieve expected cost savings while 
continuing to execute its business strategy.  

FNBNY 
On  February  14,  2014,  the  Company  acquired  FNBNY  Bancorp  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  the  First  National  Bank  of  New 
York (collectively “FNBNY”) at a purchase price of $6.1 million and issued an aggregate of 240,598 Company shares in exchange for 
all the issued and outstanding stock of FNBNY. The purchase price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments equal to 60 percent 
of the net recoveries of principal on $6.3 million of certain identified problem loans over a two-year period after the acquisition.  As of 
February 14, 2015, there have been no net recoveries on these loans.  At acquisition, FNBNY had total acquired assets on a fair value 
basis of $211.9  million,  with  loans of $89.7 million, investment securities of $103.2 million and deposits of $169.9 million.  With 
three full-service branches, including the Company’s first two branches in Nassau County located in Merrick and Massapequa, and 
one  in  western  Suffolk  County  located  in  Melville,  the  transaction  expanded  our  geographic  footprint  into  Nassau  County, 
complemented our existing branch network and enhanced our asset generation capabilities. The expanded branch network allows us to 
serve a greater portion of the Long Island and metropolitan marketplace.  

Community National Bank (“CNB”) 
On December 14, 2014, The Company, the Bank and Community National Bank entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the 
“merger agreement”) pursuant to which Bridge Bancorp will acquire, in an all stock merger, CNB through the merger of CNB with 
and  into  The  Bridgehampton  National  Bank.    CNB  currently  operates  11  branches  in  Nassau,  Suffolk,  Queens  and  Manhattan 
Counties  with  total  assets  of  $951  million,  including  $761  million  in  loans,  funded  by  deposits  of  $829  million.    The  combined 
institution will have approximately $3.2 billion in assets, $2.7 billion in deposits and 40 branches serving Long island and the greater 
New  York  metropolitan  area.  Under  the  terms  of  the  merger  agreement,  each  outstanding  share  of  CNB  common  stock  will  be 
converted into the right to receive 0.79 of a share of the Company’s common stock.  Based on the Company’s closing stock price on 
December 12, 2014 of $25.35, the transaction implies a per share value of $20.03 and an aggregate estimated value of $141 million. 
The  proposed  merger  is  subject  to  customary  closing  conditions,  including  the  receipt  of  regulatory  approvals  and  approval  by  the 
stockholders of the Company and CNB. The merger is currently expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2015. Management 
will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network expansion, or through the addition of 
professionals with established customer relationships.  

The Bank routinely adds to its menu of products and services, continually meeting the needs of consumers and businesses. We believe 
positive  outcomes  in  the  future  will  result  from  the  expansion  of  our  geographic  footprint,  investments  in  infrastructure  and 
technology and continued focus on placing our customers first.  

Page -2- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION  

The Bridgehampton National Bank 

The Bank is a national bank organized under the laws of the United States of America. The lending, investment, and other business 
operations of the Bank are governed by federal law and regulations and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not 
specifically authorized by such laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of 
the Currency (“OCC”) and to a lesser extent by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as its deposit insurer as well as 
by  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System. The  Bank’s  deposit  accounts  are  insured  up  to  applicable  limits  by  the 
FDIC under its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). A  summary of the primary laws and regulations that  govern the operations of the 
Bank are set forth below.  

The  2010  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the  “Dodd-Frank  Act”)  made  extensive  changes  in  the 
regulation of insured depository institutions. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection 
Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau assumed responsibility for 
the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function previously assigned 
to prudential regulators, and has authority to impose new requirements. However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as 
the  Bank,  will  continue  to  be  examined  for  compliance  with  consumer  protection  and  fair  lending  laws  and  regulations  by,  and  be 
subject to the primary enforcement authority of their prudential regulator rather than the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.  

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act directed changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandated the revision 
of regulatory capital requirements, required regulations requiring originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the 
risk  for  the  transferred  loans,  stipulated  regulatory  rate-setting  for  certain  debit  card  interchange  fees,  repealed  restrictions  on  the 
payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage originations.  

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  contained  the  so-called  “Volcker  Rule,”  which  generally  prohibits  banking  organizations  from  engaging  in 
proprietary  trading  and  from  investing  in,  sponsoring  or  having  certain  relationships  with  hedge  or  private  equity  funds  (“covered 
funds”).    On  December  13,  2013,  federal  agencies  issued  a  final  rule  implementing  the  Volcker  Rule  which,  among  other  things, 
requires banking organizations to restructure and limit certain of their investments in and relationships with covered funds.  The final 
rule  unexpectedly  included  within  the  interests  subject  to  its  restrictions  collateralized  debt  obligations  backed  by  trust-preferred 
securities (“TRUPs CDOs”).  Many banking organizations had purchased such instruments because of their favorable tax, accounting 
and regulatory treatment and would have been subject to unexpected write-downs.  In response to concerns expressed by community 
banking organizations, the federal agencies subsequently issued an interim final rule which grandfathers TRUPS CDOs issued before 
May 19, 2010 if (i) acquired by a banking organization on or before December 10, 2013 and (ii) the organization reasonably believed 
the proceeds from the TRUPS CDOs were invested primarily in any trust preferred security or subordinated debt instrument issued by 
a depository institution holding company with less than $15 billion in assets or by a mutual holding company. 

In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has finalized the rule implementing the “Ability to Pay” requirements of the 
Dodd-Frank Act.  The regulations generally require creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination as to a borrower’s ability 
to repay most residential mortgage loans.  The final rule establishes a safe harbor for certain “Qualified Mortgages,” which contain 
certain features deemed less risky and omit certain other characteristics considered to enhance risk.  The Ability to Repay final rules 
were effective January 10, 2014. 

Many  of  the  provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  are  subject  to  delayed  effective  dates  and/or  require  the  issuance  of  implementing 
regulations.  The  regulatory  process  is  ongoing  and  the  impact  on  operations  cannot  yet  be  fully  assessed.  However,  there  is  a 
significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest 
expense for the Company and the Bank. 

Loans and Investments  

There are no restrictions on the type of loans a national bank can originate and/or purchase. However, OCC regulations govern the 
Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a national bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account. 
Under OCC regulations, a national bank may invest in investment securities, which is generally defined as securities in the form of a 
note, bond or debenture. The OCC classifies investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type, a national bank 
may  have  the  authority  to  deal  in  and  underwrite  the  security.  The  OCC  has  also  permitted  national  banks  to  purchase  certain 
noninvestment grade securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.  

Lending Standards  

The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens on 
interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing the construction of a building or other improvements to real estate. Under 
these  regulations,  all  insured  depository  institutions,  such  as  the  Bank,  must  adopt  and  maintain  written  policies  that  establish 

Page -3- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose 
of  financing  permanent  improvements  to  real  estate.  These  policies  must  establish  loan  portfolio  diversification  standards,  prudent 
underwriting  standards  (including  loan-to-value  limits)  that  are  clear  and  measurable,  loan  administration  procedures,  and 
documentation,  approval  and  reporting  requirements.  The  real  estate  lending  policies  must  reflect  consideration  of  the  Interagency 
Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators.  

Federal Deposit Insurance  

The Bank is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the FDIC. On July 
21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently raised the deposit insurance available on all 
deposit accounts to $250,000.  

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory 
evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s 
rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Institutions deemed less 
risky  pay  lower  rates.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  required  the  FDIC  to  revise  its  procedures  to  base  its  assessments  upon  each  insured 
institution’s  total  assets  less  tangible  equity  instead  of  deposits.  The  FDIC  finalized  a  rule,  effective  April 1,  2011,  that  set  the 
assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity. The FDIC may adjust the scale uniformly, except that no 
adjustment  can  deviate  more  than  two  basis  points  from  the  base  scale  without  notice  and  comment.    No  institution  may  pay  a 
dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment. 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is 
in  an  unsafe  or  unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or  has  violated  any  applicable  law,  regulation,  rule,  order  or  condition 
imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.  

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the 
FDIC,  assessments  for  anticipated  payments,  issuance  costs  and  custodial  fees  on  bonds  issued  by  the  FICO  in  the  1980s  to 
recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 
through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2014, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.60 basis points of average 
consolidated total assets less average tangible equity.  

Capitalization  

Under  OCC  regulations,  all  national  banks  are  required  to  comply  with  minimum  capital  requirements.    In  2014,  for  an  institution 
determined by the OCC to not be anticipating or experiencing significant growth and to be, in general, a strong banking organization, 
rated  composite  1  under  the  Uniform  Financial  Institutions  Ranking  System  established  by  the  Federal  Financial  Institutions 
Examination  Council,  the  minimum  capital  leverage  requirement  was  a  ratio  of  Tier  I  capital  to  total  assets  of  3%.  For  all  other 
institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio was not less than 4%. Tier I capital is the sum of common shareholders’ equity, non-
cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible 
assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.  

The  OCC  regulations  require  national  banks  to  maintain  certain  levels  of  regulatory  capital  in  relation  to  regulatory  risk-weighted 
assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based 
capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit 
substitutes  and  residual  interests)  to  four  risk-weighted  categories  ranging  from  0%  to  200%,  with  higher  levels  of  capital  being 
required  for  the  categories  perceived  as  representing  greater  risk.  For  example,  under  the  OCC’s  risk-weighting  system,  cash  and 
securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are given a 0% risk weight, loans secured by one-to-four family 
residential properties generally have a 50% risk weight, and commercial loans have a risk weighting of 100%.  

In 2014, national banks such as the Bank, must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%, of 
which at least one-half must be Tier I capital. Total capital consists of Tier I capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which 
include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other 
capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital could not 
exceed  the  amount  of  the  institution’s  Tier  I  capital.  Banks  that  engage  in  specified  levels  of  trading  activities  are  subject  to 
adjustments in their risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk. 

The OCC, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account 
the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The OCC 
also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s 
capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.  

Page -4- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
In July 2013, the OCC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule to revise their leverage and risk-based capital 
requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the 
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  Among other things, the rule establishes a 
new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets), sets the leverage ratio at a uniform 4% of 
total  assets,  increases  the  minimum  Tier  1  capital  to  risk-based  assets  requirement  (from  4%  to  6%  of  risk-weighted  assets)  and 
assigns  a  higher  risk  weight  (150%)  to  exposures  that  are  more  than  90  days  past  due  or  are  on  nonaccrual  status  and  to  certain 
commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The final rule also requires 
unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  certain  “available-for-sale”  securities  holdings  to  be  included  for  purposes  of  calculating  regulatory 
capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised.  The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain 
discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting 
of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based 
capital requirements.  The final rule was effective January 1, 2015.  The “capital conservation buffer” will be phased in from January 
1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.  Management believes that, as of December 31, 
2014, the Company and the Bank would meet all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in 
basis if such requirements were currently effective. 

Safety and Soundness Standards  

Each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, 
information  and  internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset  growth,  asset  quality, 
earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices 
to  identify  and  manage  the  risks  and  exposures  specified  in  the  guidelines.  The  guidelines  prohibit  excessive  compensation  as  an 
unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to 
the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder. 

On  February  7,  2011,  the  FDIC  approved  a  rulemaking  to  implement  Section  956  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and 
Consumer Protection Act that prohibits incentive-based compensation that encourages inappropriate risk taking.  

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action  

Federal  law  requires,  among  other  things,  that  federal  bank  regulatory  authorities  take  “prompt  corrective  action”  with  respect  to 
institutions  that  do  not  meet  minimum  capital  requirements.  For  these  purposes,  the  statute  establishes  five  capital  tiers:  well 
capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.  

The  OCC  may  order  national  banks  which  have  insufficient  capital  to  take  corrective  actions.  For  example,  a  bank  which  is 
categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to growth limitations and would be required to submit a capital restoration plan, 
and a holding company that controls such a bank would be required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. A 
“significantly undercapitalized” bank would be subject to additional restrictions. National banks deemed by the OCC to be “critically 
undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.  

The recent final rule increased regulatory capital standards and adjusted the prompt corrective action tiers as of January 1, 2015. The 
various categories have been revised to incorporate the new common equity Tier 1 capital requirement, the increase in the Tier 1 to 
risk-based  assets  requirement  and  other  changes.    Under  the  revised  prompt  corrective  action  requirements,  insured  depository 
institutions are required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital 
ratio of 6.5% (new standard); (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% 
(unchanged) and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged). 

Dividends  

Under federal law and applicable regulations, a national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the OCC, in an 
amount  equal  to  its  year-to-date  net  income  plus  the  prior  two  years’  net  income  that  is  still  available  for  dividend.  Dividends 
exceeding those amounts require application to and approval by the OCC. 

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders  

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between a national bank and its affiliates, which includes the 
Company. The  Federal Reserve Board has adopted Regulation W,  which comprehensively implements and interprets Sections 23A 
and 23B, in part by codifying prior Federal Reserve Board interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B.  

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary 
of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank 
for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the OCC has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-

Page -5- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
by-case basis. Sections 23A and 23B limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with 
any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit all such transactions with all affiliates 
to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The statutory sections also require that all such transactions be on terms 
that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of 
assets, issuance of  guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further,  most loans by a bank  to any of its affiliates  must be 
secured  by  collateral  in  amounts  ranging  from  100  to  130 percent  of  the  loan  amounts.  In  addition,  any  covered  transaction  by  an 
association  with  an  affiliate  and  any  purchase  of  assets  or  services  by  an  association  from  an  affiliate  must  be  on  terms  that  are 
substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.  

A  bank’s  loans  to  its  executive  officers,  directors,  any  owner  of  more  than  10%  of  its  stock  (each,  an  insider)  and  any  of  certain 
entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 
22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O thereunder. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans 
to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks. All loans 
by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired 
surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain 
loans  secured  by  the  officer’s  residence,  may  not  exceed  the  greater  of  $25,000  or  2.5%  of  the  bank’s  unimpaired  capital  and 
unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related 
interest of that insider be approved in advance by a  majority of the board of directors of the bank,  with any interested director not 
participating  in  the  voting,  if  such  loan,  when  aggregated  with  any  existing  loans  to  that  insider  and  the  insider’s  related  interests, 
would exceed either $500,000 or the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s  unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans 
must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that 
are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not present more than a normal risk of collectibility. 
An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to 
employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank. 

Examinations and Assessments 

The Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the OCC. Federal regulations generally 
require annual on-site examinations for all depository institutions and annual audits by independent public accountants for all insured 
institutions. The Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the OCC to fund its supervision.  

Community Reinvestment Act  

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and 
sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA 
does not establish  specific  lending requirements or programs  for financial institutions  nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to 
develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The 
CRA  requires  the  OCC  in  connection  with  its  examination  of  the  Bank,  to  assess  its  record  of  meeting  the  credit  needs  of  its 
community  and  to  take  that  record  into  account  in  its  evaluation  of  certain  applications  by  the  Bank.  For  example,  the  regulations 
specify  that  a  bank’s  CRA  performance  will  be  considered  in  its  expansion  (e.g.,  branching)  proposals  and  may  be  the  basis  for 
approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent regulatory examination, the Bank 
was rated “satisfactory” with respect to its CRA compliance.  

USA PATRIOT Act  

The  USA  PATRIOT  Act  of  2001  gave  the  federal  government  new  powers  to  address  terrorist  threats  through  enhanced  domestic 
security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. 
The USA PATRIOT Act also required the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to 
combat  money  laundering  activities  in  determining  whether  to  approve  a  merger  or  other  acquisition  application  of  a  member 
institution.  Accordingly,  if  the  Bank  engages  in  a  merger  or  other  acquisition,  our  controls  designed  to  combat  money  laundering 
would be considered as part of the application process. The Bank has established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply 
with these regulations.  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.  

The Company, as a bank holding company controlling the Bank, is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended 
(“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA applicable to bank holding companies. The 
Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.  

The Federal Reserve Board previously adopted consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding structured similarly, but not 
identically,  to  those  of  the  OCC  for  the  Bank.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  the  Company’s  total  capital  and  Tier  1  capital  ratios 
exceeded these minimum capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act directed the Federal Reserve Board to issue consolidated capital 

Page -6- 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
requirements for depository institution holding companies that are less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of  components of 
capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements 
implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards.  Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical 
to those applicable to the subsidiary banks apply to bank holding companies (with greater than $500 million of assets) as of January 1, 
2015.  As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer will be phased in between 2016 and 2019.  The new 
capital rule will eliminate from Tier 1 capital the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, that are currently 
includable  by  bank  holding  companies.  However,  the  final  rule  grandfathers  trust  preferred  issuances  prior  to  May  19,  2010  in 
accordance  with  the  Dodd-Frank  Act.  The  Company  has  issued  trust  preferred  securities  that  should  qualify  for  the  grandfather.  
Management  believes  that,  as  of  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  would  meet  all  capital  adequacy  requirements  under  the  new 
capital rules on a fully phased-in basis if such requirements were currently effective. 

The policy of the Federal Reserve Board is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks by 
providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy.  

Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank is 
required  to  guarantee,  within  specified  limits,  the  capital  restoration  plan  that  is  required  of  an  undercapitalized  bank.  If  an 
undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve 
Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying dividends or making any other capital 
distribution. 

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire more than 
5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company or to acquire all, or substantially all, the assets of 
any additional bank or bank holding company. In addition, the bank holding companies may generally only engage in activities that 
are closely related to banking as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria may opt 
to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities. 

Federal Reserve Board policy is that a bank  holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net 
income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the 
company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. 

A  bank  holding  company  is  required  to  receive  prior  Federal  Reserve  Board  approval  of  the  redemption  of  its  outstanding  equity 
securities  if  the  gross  consideration  for  the  purchase  or  redemption,  when  combined  with  the  net  consideration  paid  for  all  such 
purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months,  will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net  worth. 
Such approval is not required for a bank holding company that meets certain qualitative criteria. 

These  regulatory  authorities  have  extensive  enforcement  authority  over  the  institutions  that  they  regulate  to  prohibit  or  correct 
activities  that  violate  law,  regulation  or  a  regulatory  agreement  or  which  are  deemed  to  be  unsafe  or  unsound  banking  practices. 
Enforcement  actions  may  include  the  appointment  of  a  conservator  or  receiver,  the  issuance  of  a  cease  and  desist  order,  the 
termination  of  deposit  insurance,  the  imposition  of  civil  money  penalties  on  the  institution,  its  directors,  officers,  employees  and 
institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal 
of  or  restrictions  on  directors,  officers,  employees  and  institution-affiliated  parties,  and  the  enforcement  of  any  such  mechanisms 
through restraining orders or other court actions.  Any change in  laws and regulations,  whether by  the OCC,  the FDIC, the Federal 
Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank and the Company and their operations and 
stockholders.  

During 2008, the Company received approval and began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”. 
Equity incentive plan grants of stock options and stock awards are recorded directly to the holding company. The Company’s sources 
of funds are dependent on dividends from the Bank, its own earnings, additional capital raised and borrowings. The information in this 
report reflects principally the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily 
dependent  on  its  net  interest  income.  The  Bank  also  generates  non-interest  income,  such  as  fee  income  on  deposit  accounts  and 
merchant credit and debit card processing programs, investment services, income from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and net 
gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its non-interest expenses, such as salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment 
costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and income tax expense, further 
affects the Bank’s net income.  

The Company had nominal results of operations for 2014, 2013, and 2012 on a parent-only basis.  The Company’s capital strength is 
paralleled by the solid capital position of the Bank, as reflected in the excess of its regulatory capital ratios over the risk-based capital 
adequacy  ratio  levels  required  for  classification  as  a  “well  capitalized”  institution  by  the  FDIC  (see  Note  15  of  the  Notes  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements). Since 2012, the Company has actively managed its capital position in response to its growth and 
has raised $63.2M in capital.  

Page -7- 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  files  certain  reports  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  under  the  federal  securities  laws.  The 
Company’s  operations  are  also  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  other  federal,  state  and  local  governmental  authorities  and  it  is 
subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of its operations. 
Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance, in all material respects, with applicable federal, state and local 
laws, rules and regulations. Because the Company’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to it are 
subject to regular modification and change. There can be no assurance that these proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other 
laws, rules or regulations, will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise 
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or prospects.  

OTHER INFORMATION  

Through  a  link  on  the  Investor  Relations  section  of  the  Bank’s  website  of  www.bridgenb.com,  copies  of  the  Company’s  Annual 
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or 
furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  for  15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  are  made  available,  free  of  charge,  as  soon  as  reasonably 
practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information also 
are available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to Bridge Bancorp, Inc., 
Investor Relations, 2200 Montauk Highway, PO Box 3005, Bridgehampton, NY 11932, (631) 537-1000.  

Item 1A. Risk Factors  

The concentration of our loan portfolio in loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in eastern Long 
Island could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations if general economic conditions or real estate 
values in this area decline. 

Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured 
by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area in Suffolk County which is located on 
eastern  Long  Island.  The  local  economic  conditions  on  eastern  Long  Island  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  volume  of  loan 
originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. 
A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our 
control  would impact these local economic conditions and  could negatively affect our financial condition and results  of operations. 
Additionally,  while  we  have  a  significant  amount  of  commercial  real  estate  loans,  the  majority  of  which  are  owner-occupied, 
decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, 
which would have an adverse impact on our earnings. 

Changes in interest rates could affect our profitability. 

The Bank’s ability to earn a profit, like most financial institutions, depends primarily on net interest income, which is the difference 
between the interest income that the Bank earns on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense 
that  the  Bank  pays  on  its  interest-bearing  liabilities,  such  as  deposits.  The  Bank’s  profitability  depends  on  its  ability  to  manage  its 
assets and liabilities during periods of changing market interest rates. 

In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on the Bank’s assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on 
its liabilities. In an increasing interest rate environment, the Bank’s cost of  funds is expected to increase  more rapidly  than interest 
earned on its loan and investment portfolio as its primary source of funds is deposits with generally shorter maturities than those on its 
loans and investments. This makes the balance sheet more liability sensitive in the short term. 

A sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect the Bank’s earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to 
refinance  higher-rate,  fixed-rate  loans  at  lower  rates.  Under  those  circumstances,  the  Bank  would  not  be  able  to  reinvest  those 
prepayments  in  assets  earning  interest  rates  as  high  as  the  rates  on  those  prepaid  loans  or  in  investment  securities.  In  addition,  the 
majority of the Bank’s loans are at variable interest rates, which would adjust to lower rates. 

Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our securities portfolio.  Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with 
changes in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2014, our securities portfolio totaled $802.1 million. 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibition on paying interest on demand deposits effective July 21, 2011, thus 
allowing  businesses  to  have  interest-bearing  checking  accounts.   Depending  on  competitive  responses,  this  change  to  existing  law 
could increase our interest expense. 

Page -8- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability. 

The Bank’s primary market area is located in Suffolk County on eastern Long Island and its customer base is mainly located in the 
towns of Brookhaven, East Hampton, Southampton, Southold and Riverhead. Since 2010, the Bank has expanded its market areas to 
include  branches  in  the  towns  of  Babylon,  Smithtown  and  Islip.  In  December  2012,  the  Bank  opened  administrative  offices  in 
Hauppauge, New York, to better service customers as the Bank continues to move westward.  During 2013, the Bank opened two new 
branches: one in March located in Rocky Point, New York and one in May located on Shelter Island, New York. During 2014, the 
Bank  opened  three  branches  in  Suffolk  County:  Bay  Shore,  Port  Jefferson  and  Smithtown,  New  York  and  added  three  branches, 
including the first two branches in Nassau County, from the acquisition of FNBNY.  Competition in the banking and financial services 
industry remains intense. The profitability of the Bank depends on the continued ability to successfully compete. The Bank competes 
with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms. Many of our 
competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the Bank does not 
provide. In addition, competitors may offer deposits at higher rates and loans with lower fixed rates, more attractive terms and less 
stringent credit structures than the Bank has been willing to offer.  

Acquisition of CNB  

Acquisitions involve a number of risks and challenges including:  our ability to integrate the branches and operations we acquire, and 
the associated internal controls and regulatory functions, into our current operations; our ability to limit the outflow of deposits held 
by our new customers in the acquired branches and to successfully retain and manage the loans we acquire; our ability to attract new 
deposits and to generate new interest-earning assets in geographic areas we have not previously served.  Additionally, no assurance 
can be given that the operation of acquired branches would not adversely affect our existing profitability; that we would be able to 
achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by our existing banking business; that we would be able to compete effectively 
in  the  market  areas  served  by  acquired  branches;  or  that  we  would  be  able  to  manage  any  growth  resulting  from  the  transaction 
effectively.  We face the additional risk that the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all, or within the 
time period expected. 

Our future success depends on the success and growth of The Bridgehampton National Bank. 

Our  primary  business  activity  for  the  foreseeable  future  will  be  to  act  as  the  holding  company  of  the  Bank.  Therefore,  our  future 
profitability will depend on the success and growth of this subsidiary.  The continued and successful implementation of our growth 
strategy will require, among other things that we increase our market share by attracting new customers that currently bank at other 
financial  institutions  in  our  market  area.   In  addition,  our  ability  to  successfully  grow  will  depend  on  several  factors,  including 
favorable market conditions, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area, and our ability to maintain 
high asset quality.  While we believe we have the management resources, market opportunities and internal systems in place to obtain 
and successfully manage future growth, growth opportunities may not be available and we may not be successful in continuing our 
growth  strategy.   In  addition,  continued  growth  requires  that  we  incur  additional  expenses,  including  salaries,  data  processing  and 
occupancy  expense  related  to  new  branches  and  related  support  staff.   Many  of  these  increased  expenses  are  considered  fixed 
expenses.  Unless we can successfully continue our growth, our results of operations could be negatively affected by these increased 
costs.  Finally, our growth is also affected by the seasonality of our markets in Eastern Long Island, including the Hamptons and North 
Fork,  a  region  that  is  a  recreational  destination  for  the  New  York  metropolitan  area,  and  a  highly  regarded  resort  locale  world-
wide.  This seasonality results in more economic activity in the summer and fall months and decrease activity in the off season, which 
can adversely impact the consistency and sustainability of growth. 

The loss of key personnel could impair our future success. 

Our future success depends in part on the continued service of our executive officers, other key management, as well as our staff, and 
on our ability to continue to attract, motivate, and retain additional highly qualified employees. The loss of services of one or more of 
our  key  personnel  or  our  inability  to  timely  recruit  replacements  for  such  personnel,  or  to  otherwise  attract,  motivate,  or  retain 
qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. 

We operate in a highly regulated environment. 

The Bank and Company are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve 
Board and the SEC. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in  which a financial institution and its holding company 
may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the consumer rather than for the protection of shareholders. In order to 
comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area as well as other areas of the Bank’s operations, we have 
been required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. We cannot be certain that the policies, procedures, and 
systems  we  have  in  place  are  effective  and  there  is  no  assurance  that  in  every  instance  we  are  in  full  compliance  with  these 
requirements.  Regulatory  authorities  have  extensive  discretion  in  connection  with  their  supervisory  and  enforcement  activities, 
including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the 
form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, may have a material impact on our operations. 

Page -9- 

 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
We may be adversely affected by current economic and market conditions. 

Although economic and real estate conditions improved in 2014, we continue to operate in a challenging environment both nationally 
and locally.  This poses significant risks to both the  Company’s business and the banking industry as a  whole.   Although  we  have 
taken,  and  continue  to  take,  steps  to  reduce  our  exposure  to  the  risks  that  stem  from  adverse  changes  in  such  conditions,  we 
nonetheless could be impacted by them to the degree that they affect the loans we originate and the securities we invest in.  Specific 
risks include reduced loan demand from quality borrowers; increased competition for loans; increased loan loss provisions resulting 
from  deterioration  in  loan  quality  caused  by,  among  other  things,  depressed  real  estate  values  and  high  levels  of  unemployment; 
reduced net interest income and net interest  margin caused by a sustained period of low interest rates; interest rate  volatility; price 
competition for deposits due to liquidity concerns or otherwise; and volatile equity markets. 

Increases to the allowance for credit losses may cause our earnings to decrease. 

Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment of those loans may be 
insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. Hence, we may experience significant loan losses, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including 
the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. 
In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we rely on loan quality reviews, past loss experience, and an evaluation 
of  economic  conditions,  among  other  factors.  If  our  assumptions  prove  to  be  incorrect,  our  allowance  for  credit  losses  may  not  be 
sufficient  to  cover  probable  incurred  losses  in  our  loan  portfolio,  resulting  in  additions  to  the  allowance.  Material  additions  to  the 
allowance through charges to earnings would materially decrease our net income. 

Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or 
loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities could 
have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and/or financial condition. 

The trust preferred securities that we issued have rights that are senior to those of our common shareholders. The conversion of the 
trust preferred securities into shares of our common stock could result in dilution of your investment. 

In October 2009 we issued $16 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities from a special purpose trust, and we 
issued an identical amount of junior subordinated debentures to this trust.  Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred 
securities are conditionally guaranteed by us. Further, the accompanying junior subordinated debentures that we issued to the trust are 
senior  to  our  shares  of  common  stock.  As  a  result,  we  must  make  payments  on  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  before  any 
dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the obligations with respect 
to the junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock. We have the right 
to  defer  distributions  on  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  (and  the  related  trust  preferred  securities)  for  up  to  five  years,  during 
which time no dividends may be paid on our common stock. 

In addition, each $1,000 in liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities currently is convertible, at the option of the holder, into 
32.2581 shares of our common stock.  The conversion of these securities into shares of our common stock would dilute the ownership 
interests of purchasers of our common stock in this offering. 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new 
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our cost of operations. 

The Dodd-Frank Act is significantly changing the bank regulatory structure and is impacting the largest financial institutions as well 
as  regional  banks  and  community  banks.    The  federal  regulatory  agencies,  specifically  the  SEC  and  the  new  Consumer  Financial 
Protection Bureau, are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing regulations. 

The major bank-related provisions under the Dodd-Frank Act pertain to: capital requirements; mortgage reform and minimum lending 
standards;  consumer  financial  protection  bureau;  sale  of  mortgage  loans  (including  risk  retention  requirements);  FDIC  insurance-
related provisions; preemption standards for national banks; abolishment of the Office of Thrift Supervision; interchange fee for debit 
card  transactions;  Volcker  Rule;  regulation  of  derivatives/swaps;    Financial  Services  Oversight  Council;  resolution  authority;  and 
corporate governance  matters (e.g.;  “say on pay”;  new executive compensation disclosure and clawbacks, etc.). Given the range of 
topics in the Dodd-Frank Act and the voluminous regulations required to implement by the Dodd-Frank Act, the full impact will not 
be known for some time.   

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act impacted banks upon enactment of the legislation.  Examples of this were the permanent 
increase of FDIC deposit insurance limits, the FDIC Assessment Base calculation change and the removal of the cap for the Deposit 
Insurance Fund, all of which in turn affected banks' FDIC deposit insurance premiums.  Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are 
expected  to  have  a  near-term  effect  on  us.  For  example,  a  provision  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  eliminated  the  federal  prohibitions  on 

Page -10- 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts.  Depending on competitive 
responses, this significant change to existing law could increase our interest expense. 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  created  a  new  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  with  broad  powers  to  supervise  and  enforce  consumer 
protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection 
laws  that  apply  to  all  banks  and  savings  institutions,  including  the  authority  to  prohibit  “unfair,  deceptive  or  abusive”  acts  and 
practices.  The  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  has  examination  and  enforcement  authority  over  all  banks  and  savings 
institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by 
their  applicable  bank  regulators.   The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  weakens  the  federal  preemption  rules that  have  been  applicable  for 
national banks and federal savings associations, and  gives  state attorneys  general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection 
laws. 

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the many yet to be written implementing rules and 
regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance 
costs and could increase our interest expense. 

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules are uncertain. 

In July 2013, the OCC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that will revise their leverage and risk-based 
capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached 
by  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  and  certain  provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act.    Among  other  things,  the  rule 
establishes  a  new  common  equity  Tier  1  minimum  capital  requirement  (4.5%  of  risk-weighted  assets),  sets  the  leverage  ratio  at  a 
uniform 4% of total assets, increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted 
assets) and assigns a higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to 
certain  commercial  real  estate  facilities  that  finance  the  acquisition,  development  or  construction  of  real  property.    The  rule  also 
requires  unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  certain  “available-for-sale”  securities  holdings  to  be  included  for  purposes  of  calculating 
regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised.  The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions 
and  certain  discretionary  bonus  payments  to  executive  officers  if  the  banking  organization  does  not  hold  a  “capital  conservation 
buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount  necessary to  meet its 
minimum risk-based capital requirements.  The final rule became effective January 1, 2015.  The “capital conservation buffer” will be 
phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective. 

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising 
of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if  we  were  to be  unable to comply  with such requirements.   Furthermore, the 
imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term 
of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk 
weightings  for  risk  based  capital  calculations,  items  included  or  deducted  in  calculating  regulatory  capital  or  additional  capital 
conservation buffers, could result in management modifying our business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, 
including paying dividends or buying back our shares. 

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our operations and earnings. 

Information  technology  systems  are  critical  to  our  business.    We  collect,  process  and  store  sensitive  customer  data  by  utilizing 
computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by us and third party service providers. We have established policies 
and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur 
or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur.  In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using 
our products and services.  Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure 
transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security. 

In  addition,  we  maintain  interfaces  with  certain  third-party  service  providers.    If  these  third-party  service  providers  encounter 
difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be 
affected,  and  our  business  operations  could  be  adversely  affected.    Threats  to  information  security  also  exist  in  the  processing  of 
customer information through various other vendors and their personnel. 

The  occurrence  of  any  system  failures,  interruption,  or  breach  of  security  could  damage  our  reputation  and  result  in  a  loss  of 
customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial 
liability.  Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

We are exposed to cyber-security risks, including denial of service, hacking, and identity theft.  

Recently, there has been a well-publicized series of apparently related distributed denial of service attacks on large financial services 
companies.    Distributed  denial  of  service  attacks  are  designed  to  saturate  the  targeted  online  network  with  excessive  amounts  of 

Page -11- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
network traffic, resulting in slow response times, or in some cases, causing the site to be temporarily unavailable. Hacking and identity 
theft risks, in particular, could cause serious reputational harm. Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and we may not be able to anticipate 
or prevent all such attacks. We may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize these risks and could be held liable for any security 
breach or loss.  

Severe Weather, Acts of Terrorism and Other External Events Could Impact Our Ability to Conduct Business 

In the past,  weather-related events  have adversely impacted our  market area, especially  areas located near coastal  waters and  flood 
prone areas. Such events that may cause significant flooding and other storm-related damage may become more common events in the 
future.  Financial  institutions  have  been,  and  continue  to  be,  targets  of  terrorist  threats  aimed  at  compromising  operating  and 
communication systems and the metropolitan New York area remain central targets for potential acts of terrorism.  Such events could 
cause significant damage, impact the stability of our facilities and result in additional expenses, impair the ability of our borrowers to 
repay  their  loans,  reduce  the  value  of  collateral  securing  repayment  of  our  loans,  and  result  in  the  loss  of  revenue.  While  we  have 
established and regularly test disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, operations and financial condition. 

Changes in Tax Laws 

The Company is subject to income tax under Federal, New York State and New York City laws and regulations.  Changes in such 
laws and regulations could increase the Company’s tax burden and such increase could have a material negative impact on its results 
of operations. 

New York State enacted changes to tax law effective on January 1, 2015 including: (1) a merger of the current bank tax provisions 
under Article 32 of New York State tax law into the corporate tax provisions under Article 9A; (2) a reduction in the corporate income 
tax rate from 7.1% to 6.5%; (3) an increase in  the MTA  surcharge  from 17% of the corporate tax to 24.5%; and (4) grandfathered 
captive  REITs  for  institutions  that  have  less  than  $8  billion  in  total  assets.  The  Company  currently  avails  itself  of  certain  benefits 
under New York State tax law associated with having a captive REIT.  The changes to New York State tax law did not have a material 
impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2014. 

In addition, New York City is considering certain changes in its tax law that may conform to the changes in New York State tax law. 
The Company is continuing to analyze the proposed changes in New York City tax law and has not yet determined the full impact that 
the proposal, if enacted into law, could have on its results of operations. 

Goodwill 

Goodwill arises when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the fair value of its net assets.  We recognized goodwill as an 
asset  on  our  balance  sheet  in  connection  with  the  FNBNY  and  HSB  acquisitions.    We  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  at  least 
annually.  Although we determined that goodwill was not impaired during 2014, a significant and sustained decline in our stock price 
and market capitalization, a significant decline in our expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, 
slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill.  If we were to conclude that a future write-down of the 
goodwill  was  necessary,  then  we  would  record  the  appropriate  charge  to  earnings,  which  could  be  materially  adverse  to  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments  

None.  

Item 2. Properties 

At present, the Registrant does not own or lease any property. The Registrant uses the Bank’s space and employees without separate 
payment.  Headquarters  are  located  at  2200  Montauk  Highway,  Bridgehampton,  New  York  11932.  The  Bank’s  internet  address  is 
www.bridgenb.com. 

As of December 31, 2014, the Bank has six owned properties: Our headquarters and branch office in Bridgehampton and 5 branches 
located in Montauk, Southold, Westhampton Beach, Southampton Village, and East Hampton Village. In 2011, the Bank purchased 
real estate in the Town of Southold which will also be considered as a site for a future branch facility. The Bank currently leases out a 
portion of the Montauk and Westhampton Beach buildings. The Bank leases twenty three additional properties as branch locations: 
twenty one in Suffolk  County  and two in Nassau County.  The Bank currently  subleases a portion of the leased property located in 
Patchogue and Melville, New York. The Bank leases two properties as loan production offices: one in Riverhead, New York and one 
in New York City.  In addition, one leased property in New York City is fully sublet. 

Page -12- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3. Legal Proceedings  

The  Registrant  and  its  subsidiary  are  subject  to  certain  pending  and  threatened  legal  actions  that  arise  out  of  the  normal  course  of 
business.  In  the  opinion  of  management  at  the  present  time,  the  resolution  of  any  pending  or  threatened  litigation  will  not  have  a 
material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.  

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable.  

PART II  

Item  5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of 
Equity Securities  

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION  

The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”.  The following table details 
the quarterly high and low closing prices of the Company’s common stock and the dividends declared for such periods.  

At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately 852 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities 
holding stock in nominee or the street name through various banks and brokers.  

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION  

By Quarter 2014 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

By Quarter 2013 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

Stock Prices 

High 

Low 

Dividends 
Declared   

27.35  
27.40  
25.37  
27.03  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

23.74  
23.28  
23.03  
23.31  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

0.23 — 
0.23  
0.23  
0.23  

Stock Prices 

High 

Low 

Dividends 
Declared   

21.87  
22.77  
24.69  
26.00  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

20.08  
19.40  
20.86  
21.26  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

—  
0.23  
0.23  
0.23  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

Stockholders received cash dividends totaling $10.7 million in 2014 and $6.8 million in 2013. Due to the likelihood of a change in the 
tax  rates  on  dividends  beginning  in  2013,  management  decided  to  accelerate  the  timing  of  the  payment  of  the  Company’s  fourth 
quarter dividend to shareholders into calendar year 2012 resulting in five dividend payments in 2012 and three dividend payments in 
2013. The ratio of dividends per share to net income per share was 77.43% in 2014 compared to 51.58% in 2013.  

There are various legal limitations with respect to the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and the Bank’s ability to pay 
dividends  to  the  Company.     Under  the  New  York  Business  Corporation  Law,  the  Company  may  pay  dividends  on  its  outstanding 
shares unless the Company is insolvent or would be made insolvent by the dividend.  Under federal banking law, the prior approval of 
the Federal Reserve Board and the Office Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) may be required in certain circumstances prior to 
the payment of dividends by the Company or the Bank.  A national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the 
OCC, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend.  At 
January 1, 2015, the Bank had $28.8 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company.  The OCC also has the 
authority  to  prohibit  a  national  bank  from  paying  dividends  if  such  payment  is  deemed  to  be  an  unsafe  or  unsound  practice.   In 
addition, as a depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the Bank may not pay dividends or distribute any 
of its capital assets while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC. The Bank currently is not (and never has been) in 
default under any of its obligations to the FDIC. 

Page -13- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, 
the Federal Reserve Board’s policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate 
of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall 
financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to prohibit the Company from paying dividends if such payment is 
deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. 

PERFORMANCE GRAPH 
Pursuant to the regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the performance of the Company with that of the total return for the 
NASDAQ® stock market and for certain bank stocks of financial institutions with an asset size $1 billion to $5 billion, as reported by 
SNL Financial LC (“SNL”) from December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2014. The graph assumes the reinvestment of dividends 
in additional shares of the same class of equity securities as those listed below.  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.  

Total Return Performance 

250

225

200

175

150

125

100

75

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

50
12/31/09

12/31/10

12/31/11

12/31/12

12/31/13

12/31/14

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

SNL Bank $1B-$5B

Index 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 
NASDAQ Composite 
SNL Bank $1B-$5B 

12/31/09 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

12/31/10 
106.44 
118.15 
113.35 

Period Ending 

12/31/11 
88.76 
117.22 
103.38 

12/31/12 
95.72 
138.02 
127.47 

12/31/13 
126.10 
193.47 
185.36 

12/31/14 
134.70 
222.16 
193.81 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

The Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program on March 27, 2006 which authorized the repurchase of 309,000 shares. 
No  shares  have  been  purchased  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014.  The  total  number  of  shares  purchased  as  part  of  the 
publicly announced plan totaled 141,959 as of December 31, 2014. The maximum number of remaining shares that may be purchased 
under the plan totals 167,041 as of December 31, 2014. There is no expiration date for the stock repurchase plan. There is no stock 
repurchase plan that has expired or that has been terminated during the period ended December 31, 2014. 

Page -14- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data  

Five-Year Summary of Operations  
(In thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)  

Set forth below are selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company. The Company’s business is primarily the business 
of the Bank. This financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements 
of the Company.  

December 31, 
Selected Financial Data: 

Securities available for sale 
Securities, restricted 
Securities held to maturity 
Loans held for sale 
Loans held for investment 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Total stockholders’ equity 

Years Ended December 31, 
Selected Operating Data: 

Total interest income 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Total non-interest income 
Total non-interest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 

December 31, 
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data: 

Return on average equity(1)(2)(3) 
Return on average assets(1)(2)(3) 
Average equity to average assets 
Dividend payout ratio (4)(5) 
Basic earnings per share(1)(2)(3) 
Diluted earnings per share(1)(2) 
Cash dividends declared per common share (4)(5) 

  2014 

  2013 

  2012 

  2011 

2010 

587,184   $  575,179   $  529,070  
2,978  
7,034  
10,037  
210,735  
201,328  
214,927  
—  
—  
—  
798,446  
  1,013,263  
1,338,327  
  1,624,713  
  1,896,746  
2,288,653  
  1,409,322  
  1,539,079  
1,833,779  
118,672  
159,460  
175,118  

$ 

441,439   $ 
1,660  
169,153  
2,300  
612,143  
  1,337,458  
  1,188,185  
106,987  

323,539  
1,284  
147,965  
—  
504,060  
1,028,456  
916,993  
65,720  

74,910   $ 
7,460  
67,450  
2,200  

58,430   $ 
7,272  
51,158  
2,350  

65,250  
8,166  
52,414  

48,808  
8,891  
37,937  

21,002  
7,239  
13,763   $ 

19,762  
6,669  
13,093   $ 

54,514  
7,555  
46,959  
5,000  

41,959  
10,673  
33,780  

18,852  
6,080  
12,772  

7.76 %  
0.64 %  
8.27 %  
77.43 %  
1.18   $ 
1.18   $ 
0.92   $ 

9.89 %  
0.77 %  
7.80 %  
51.58 %  

1.36   $ 
1.36   $ 
0.69   $ 

11.78 % 
0.88 % 
7.49 % 
77.50 % 
1.48  
1.48  
1.15  

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

50,426   $ 
7,616  
42,810  
3,900  

38,910  
6,949  
30,837  

15,022  
4,663  
10,359   $ 

44,899  
7,740  
37,159  
3,500  

33,659  
7,433  
27,879  

13,213  
4,047  
9,166  

14.37 %  
0.88 %  
6.11 %  
44.35 %  

1.54   $ 
1.54   $ 
0.69   $ 

15.29 % 
0.95 % 
6.18 % 
63.42 % 
1.45  
1.45  
0.92  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

(1)  2014 amount includes $3.8 million of acquisition costs associated with the FNBNY and CNB acquisitions and branch restructuring costs, net of income 

taxes. 

(2)  2013 amount includes $0.4 million of acquisition costs, net of income taxes, associated with the FNBNY acquisition. 
(3)  2011 amount includes $0.5 million of acquisition costs, net of income taxes, associated with the HSB acquisition. 
(4)  The dividend payout ratio and cash dividends declared per common share for 2012 includes five declared quarterly dividends. 
(5)  The dividend payout ratio and cash dividends declared per common share for 2013 and 2011 includes three declared quarterly dividends. 

Page -15- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT  

This report may contain statements relating to the future results of the Company (including certain projections and business trends) 
that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”).  
Such forward-looking statements, in addition to historical information, which involve risk and uncertainties, are based on the beliefs, 
assumptions  and  expectations  of  management  of  the  Company.    Words  such  as  “expects,”    “believes,”    “should,”  “plans,” 
“anticipates,”  “will,”  “potential,”  “could,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “outlook,”  “predict,”  “project,”  “would,”  “estimated,”  “assumes,” 
“likely,” and variation of such similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.  Examples of forward-
looking statements include, but are not limited to, possible or assumed estimates with respect to the financial condition, expected or 
anticipated  revenue,  and  results  of  operations  and  business  of  the  Company,  including  earnings  growth;  revenue  growth  in  retail 
banking lending and other areas; origination volume in the  consumer, commercial and other lending businesses; current and future 
capital  management  programs;  non-interest  income  levels,  including  fees  from  the  title  abstract  subsidiary  and  banking  services  as 
well as product sales; tangible capital generation; market share; expense levels; and other business operations and strategies.  For this 
presentation, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the PSLRA. 

Factors  that  could  cause  future  results  to  vary  from  current  management  expectations  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  changing 
economic  conditions; legislative and regulatory changes, including increases in FDIC insurance rates; monetary and fiscal policies of 
the  federal  government;  changes  in  tax  policies;  rates  and  regulations  of  federal,  state  and  local  tax  authorities;  changes  in  interest 
rates;  deposit  flows;  the  cost  of  funds;  demands  for  loan  products;  demand  for  financial  services;  competition;  our  ability  to 
successfully integrate acquired entities; changes in the quality and composition of the Bank’s loan and investment portfolios; changes 
in management’s business strategies; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines, changes in real estate values; expanded 
regulatory requirements as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, which could adversely affect operating results; and other factors discussed 
elsewhere  in  this  report  including  factors  set  forth  under  Item  1A.,  Risk  Factors,  and  in  quarterly  and  other  reports  filed  by  the 
Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this report, and 
the Company assumes no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ 
from those projected in the forward-looking statements. 

OVERVIEW  

Who We Are and How We Generate Income  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc., a New York corporation, is a bank holding company formed in 1989. On a parent-only basis, the Company has 
had minimal results of operations. The Company is dependent on dividends from its wholly owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton 
National Bank (“the Bank”), its own earnings, additional capital raised, and borrowings as sources of funds. The information in this 
report reflects principally the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily 
dependent on its net interest income,  which is mainly the difference between interest income on loans and investments and interest 
expense  on  deposits  and  borrowings.  The  Bank  also  generates  non-interest  income,  such  as  fee  income  on  deposit  accounts  and 
merchant credit and debit card processing programs, investment services, income from its title abstract subsidiary, and net gains on 
sales  of  securities  and  loans.  The  level  of  its  non-interest  expenses,  such  as  salaries  and  benefits,  occupancy  and  equipment  costs, 
other  general  and  administrative  expenses,  expenses  from  its  title  insurance  subsidiary,  and  income  tax  expense,  further  affects  the 
Bank’s net income. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts and the related discussion and analysis to conform 
to the current year presentation. These reclassifications did not have an impact on net income or total stockholders’ equity.  

Year and Quarterly Highlights  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Net income of $4.2  million and $0.36  per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2014 compared to $3.6  million and 
$0.32 per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2013. Net income for 2014  was $13.8 million and $1.18 per diluted 
share, compared to $13.1 million and $1.36 per diluted share in 2013. 

Returns on average assets and equity for 2014 were 0.64% and 7.76%, respectively.  

Net interest income increased to $67.5 million for 2014 compared to $51.2 million in 2013. 

Net interest margin was 3.41% for 2014 and 3.24% for 2013. 

Total assets of $2.3 billion at December 31, 2014, an increase of $0.4 billion or 20.7% over the same date last year. 

Total  loans  held  for  investment  of  $1.3  billion  at  December  31,  2014,  an  increase  of  32.1%  from  December  31, 
2013.  

Page -16- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Total investment securities of $802.1 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of 3.3% over December 31, 2013. 

Total deposits of $1.8 billion at December 31, 2014, an increase of $294.7 million or 19.2% over 2013 level.  

Allowance for loan losses was 1.32% of loans as of December 31, 2014, compared to 1.58% at December 31, 2013. 

Announced  agreement  to  acquire  Community  National  Bank  (“CNB”)  in  December  2014  and  completed  the 
acquisition  of  FNBNY  Bancorp.  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  the  First  National  Bank  of  New  York 
(collectively “FNBNY”) in February 2014.  

A cash dividend of $0.23 per share was declared in January 2015 for the fourth quarter of 2014 paid in February 
2015. 

Significant Events 

Acquisition of Community National Bank  
On  December  14,  2014,  the  Company,  the  Bank  and  Community  National  Bank  (“CNB”)  entered  into  an  Agreement  and  Plan  of 
Merger (the “merger agreement”) pursuant to which Bridge Bancorp will acquire, in an all stock merger, CNB through the merger of 
CNB  with  and  into  The  Bridgehampton  National  Bank.    CNB  currently  operates  11  branches  in  Nassau,  Suffolk,  Queens  and 
Manhattan  Counties  with  total  assets  of  $951  million,  including  $761  million  in  loans,  funded  by  deposits  of  $829  million.    The 
combined institution will have approximately $3.2 billion in assets, $2.7 billion in deposits and 40 branches serving Long island and 
the greater New York metropolitan area. Under the terms of the merger agreement, each outstanding share of CNB common stock will 
be converted into the right to receive 0.79 of a share of the Company’s common stock.  Based on the Company’s closing stock price 
on  December  12,  2014  of  $25.35,  the  transaction  implies  a  per  share  value  of  $20.03  and  an  aggregate  estimated  value  of  $141 
million. The proposed merger is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of regulatory approvals and approval by 
the stockholders of the Company and CNB. The merger is currently expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2015.   

Acquisition of FNBNY 
On  February  14,  2014,  the  Company  acquired  FNBNY  Bancorp  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  the  First  National  Bank  of  New 
York (collectively “FNBNY”) at a purchase price of $6.1 million and issued an aggregate of 240,598 Company shares in exchange for 
all the issued and outstanding stock of FNBNY. The purchase price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments equal to 60 percent 
of the net recoveries of principal on $6.3 million of certain identified problem loans over a two-year period after the acquisition.  As of 
February 14, 2015, there have been no net recoveries on these loans.  At acquisition, FNBNY had total acquired assets on a fair value 
basis of $211.9  million,  with  loans of $89.7 million, investment securities of $103.2 million and deposits of $169.9 million.  With 
three full-service branches, including the Company’s first two branches in Nassau County located in Merrick and Massapequa, and 
one  in  western  Suffolk  County  located  in  Melville,  the  transaction  expanded  our  geographic  footprint  into  Nassau  County, 
complemented our existing branch network and enhanced our asset generation capabilities. The expanded branch network allows us to 
serve a greater portion of the Long Island and metropolitan marketplace.  

Current Environment  

The Bank continues to operate in a highly regulated environment with many new regulations issued and remaining to be issued under 
the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (“Dodd-Frank  Act”)  enacted  on  July 21,  2010.  The  Act 
permanently  raised  the  current  standard  maximum  deposit  insurance  amount  to  $250,000.  Section 331(b) of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act 
required the FDIC to change the definition of the assessment base from which assessment fees are determined. The new definition for 
the assessment base is the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution less the average tangible equity of the 
insured  depository  institution.  The  financial  reform  legislation,  among  other  things,  created  a  new  Consumer  Financial  Protection 
Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new regulations that are expected to increase the cost of operations. 

Additionally, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule In July 2013 
that  revised  their  leverage  and  risk-based  capital  requirements  and  the  method  for  calculating  risk-weighted  assets  to  make  them 
consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-
Frank  Act.   Among  other  things,  the  rule establishes  a  new  common  equity  Tier  1  minimum  capital  requirement  (4.5%  of  risk-
weighted assets), increases the minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (from 4% to 6% of risk-weighted assets) and 
assigns  a  higher  risk  weight  (150%)  to  exposures  that  are  more  than  90  days  past  due  or  are  on  nonaccrual  status  and  to  certain 
commercial  real  estate  facilities  that  finance  the  acquisition,  development  or  construction  of  real  property.   The  rule also  requires 
unrealized  gains  and  losses  on  certain  “available-for-sale”  securities  holdings  to  be  included  for  purposes  of  calculating  regulatory 
capital unless a one-time opt-out is exercised.   Additional  constraints  will also be imposed on the  inclusion in regulatory capital of 
mortgage-servicing assets, defined tax assets and minority interests.  The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and 
certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of 

Page -17- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
common  equity  Tier  1  capital  to  risk-weighted  assets  in  addition  to  the  amount  necessary  to  meet  its  minimum  risk-based  capital 
requirements.  The final rule became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015.  The capital conservation buffer requirement will be 
phased  in  beginning  January 1,  2016  and  ending  January 1,  2019,  when  the  full  capital  conservation  buffer  requirement  will  be 
effective.  The  final  rules,  while  more  favorable  to  community  banks,  require  that  all  banks  maintain  higher  levels  of  capital. 
Management  believes  the  Bank’s  current  capital  levels  will  meet  these  new  requirements.  These  factors  taken  together  present 
formidable challenges to the banking industry. 

Since April 2010 the Federal Reserve has maintained the federal funds target rate between 0 and 25 basis points as an effort to foster 
employment.  In  June 2013,  the  Federal  Open  Market  Committee  (“FOMC”)  announced  it  would  continue  purchasing  agency 
mortgage-backed  securities  and  longer  term  Treasury  securities  until  certain  improvements  in  the  economy  are  achieved.  These 
actions  have  resulted  in  a  prolonged  low  interest  rate  environment  reducing  yields  on  interest  earning  assets  and  compressing  the 
Company’s  net interest  margin.  In October  2014, the FOMC concluded its asset purchase plan but continues its existing policy of 
reinvesting  principal  payments  from  its  holdings  of  agency  debt  and  agency  mortgage-backed  securities  and  rolling  over  maturing 
Treasury securities at auction.  The FOMC anticipates maintaining the federal funds target rate until the outlook for employment and 
inflation are in line with the Committee’s long term objectives. 

Growth and service strategies have the potential to offset the compression on net interest margin with volume as the customer base 
grows  through  expanding  the  Bank’s  footprint,  while  maintaining  and  developing  existing  relationships.  Since  2010,  the  Bank  has 
opened ten new branches, including the most recent branch openings in September 2014 in Bay Shore, New York, November 2014 in 
Port  Jefferson,  New  York  and  December  2014  in  Smithtown,  New  York.  Most  of  the  recent  branch  openings  move  the  Bank 
geographically westward and demonstrate its commitment to traditional growth through branch expansion. The Bank has also grown 
through  acquisitions  including  the  May 2011  acquisition  of  Hampton  State  Bank  and  February  2014  acquisition  of  FNBNY. 
Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network expansion, or through 
the addition of professionals with established customer relationships. 

Challenges and Opportunities   

As noted earlier, on February 14, 2014, the Company acquired FNBNY. This acquisition increases the Company’s scale and continues 
the  westward  expansion  into  three  new  markets  including  Melville  (Suffolk  County),  and  two  branches  in  Nassau  County; 
Massapequa  and  Merrick.  To  support  this  acquisition  and  future  growth,  the  Company  completed  a  public  offering  on  October 8, 
2013,  with  $37.5  million  in  net  proceeds.  While  these  proceeds  provide  capital  to  support  the  acquisition,  the  additional  common 
shares outstanding negatively impacted earnings per share during the fourth quarter of 2013 and first half of 2014 until the benefits of 
the acquisition were realized. Management recognizes the challenges associated acquisitions and leveraged the experience gained in 
the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank in 2011, to successfully integrate the operations of FNBNY. 

The  Bank  continues  to  face  challenges  associated  with  a  fragile  economic  recovery,  ever  increasing  regulations,  and  the  current 
historically low interest rate environment. Over time, increases in rates should provide some relief to net interest margin compression 
as new loans are funded and securities are reinvested at higher rates. However, in the short term, the fair value of our available for sale 
securities  declines  when  rates  increase,  resulting  in  net  unrealized  losses  and  a  reduction  in  stockholders’  equity.  Strategies  for 
managing  for  the  eventuality  of  higher  rates  have  a  cost.  Extending  liability  maturities  or  shortening  the  tenor  of  assets  increases 
interest expense and reduces interest income. An additional method for managing in a higher rate environment is to grow stable core 
deposits, requiring continued investment in people, technology and branches. Over time, the costs of these strategies should provide 
long term benefits. 

The key to delivering on the Company’s mission is combining its expanding branch network, improving technology, and experienced 
professionals  with  the  critical  element  of  local  decision  making.  The  successful  expansion  of  the  franchise’s  geographic  reach 
continues to deliver the desired results: increasing core deposits and loans, and generating higher levels of revenue and income. 

Corporate objectives for 2015 include: successful integration of the operations of CNB, leveraging our expanding branch network to 
build  customer  relationships  and  grow  loans  and  deposits;  focusing  on  opportunities  and  processes  that  continue  to  enhance  the 
customer  experience  at  the  Bank;  improving  operational  efficiencies  and  prudent  management  of  non-interest  expense;  and 
maximizing  non-interest  income  through  Bridge  Abstract  as  well  as  other  lines  of  business.  Management  believes  there  remain 
opportunities  to  grow  its  franchise  and  continued  investments  to  generate  core  funding,  quality  loans  and  new  sources  of  revenue, 
remain keys to continue creating long term shareholder value. The ability to attract, retain, train and cultivate employees at all levels 
of the Company remains significant to meeting corporate objectives. The Company has made great progress toward the achievement 
of these objectives, and avoided  many of the problems facing other  financial  institutions as a result of  maintaining discipline in its 
underwriting, expansion strategies, investing and general business practices. The Company has capitalized on opportunities presented 
by the  market and diligently  seeks opportunities  for growth and to strengthen the  franchise. The  Company recognizes the potential 
risks of the current economic environment and will monitor the impact of market events as we consider growth initiatives and evaluate 
loans and investments. Management and the Board have built a solid foundation for growth and the Company is positioned to adapt to 
anticipated changes in the industry resulting from new regulations and legislative initiatives. 

Page -18- 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Note  1  of  our  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  contains  a  summary  of  our 
significant  accounting  policies.  Various  elements  of  our  accounting  policies,  by  their  nature,  are  inherently  subject  to  estimation 
techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Our policy with respect to the methodologies used to determine 
the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  our  most  critical  accounting  policy.  This  policy  is  important  to  the  presentation  of  our  financial 
condition  and  results  of  operations,  and  it  involves  a  higher  degree  of  complexity  and  requires  management  to  make  difficult  and 
subjective judgments, which often require assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. The use of different judgments, 
assumptions and estimates could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition.  

The  following  is  a  description  of  our  critical  accounting  policy  and  an  explanation  of  the  methods  and  assumptions  underlying  its 
application.  

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  

Management  considers  the  accounting  policy  on  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  be  the  most  critical  and  requires  complex 
management judgment as discussed below. The judgments made regarding the allowance for loan losses can have a material effect on 
the results of operations of the Company. 

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  and  maintained  through  a  provision  for  loan  losses  based  on  probable  incurred  losses 
inherent  in  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  allowance  is 
comprised  of  both  individual  valuation  allowances  and  loan  pool  valuation  allowances.  If  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  not 
sufficient to cover actual loan losses, the Company’s earnings could decrease. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular 
basis,  with  consideration  given  to  detailed  analysis  of  classified  loans,  repayment  patterns,  probable  incurred  losses,  past  loss 
experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and  various  types  of  concentrations  of  credit.  Additions  to  the  allowance  are  charged  to 
expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance. 

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including 
the  procedures  for  impairment  testing  under  FASB  Accounting  Standard  Codification  (“ASC”)  No. 310,  “Receivables”.  Such 
valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, 
considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash 
flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. 
Pursuant  to  our  policy,  loan  losses  must  be  charged-off  in  the  period  the  loans,  or  portions  thereof,  are  deemed  uncollectible. 
Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a 
loan  is  not  reasonably  assured.  These  assumptions  and  judgments  are  also  used  to  determine  the  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of  the 
underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual loan analyses 
are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. For collateral dependent impaired loans, appraisals are performed 
by  certified  general  appraisers  (for  commercial  properties)  or  certified  residential  appraisers  (for  residential  properties)  whose 
qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company.  Once received, the Credit Administration department 
reviews  the  assumptions  and  approaches  utilized  in  the  appraisal  as  well  as  the  overall  resulting  fair  value  in  comparison  with 
independent  data  sources,  such  as  recent  market  data  or  industry-wide  statistics.   On  a  quarterly  basis,  the  Company  compares  the 
actual selling price of collateral that has been sold, based on these independent sources, as well as recent appraisals associated with 
current  loan  origination  activity,  to  the  most  recent  appraised  value  to  determine  if  additional  adjustments  should  be  made  to  the 
appraisal  value  to  arrive  at  fair  value.   Adjustments  to  fair  value  are  made  only  when  the  analysis  indicates  a  probable  decline  in 
collateral values. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. 
Individual  loan  analyses  are  periodically  performed  on  specific  loans  considered  impaired.  The  results  of  the  individual  valuation 
allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan losses. 

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with 
our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations 
are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, owner and 
non-owner occupied; multi-family mortgages; residential real estate mortgages, first lien and home equity; commercial loans, secured 
and  unsecured;  installment/consumer  loans;  and  real  estate  construction  and  land  loans.  The  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the 
valuation  allowance  is  a  process  that  takes  into  consideration  a  variety  of  factors.  The  Bank  has  developed  a  range  of  valuation 
allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-
off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and 
procedures, and concentrations in the portfolio when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, we evaluate and consider 
the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s  evaluation  of:  cash  flow,  collateral  and  trends  in  current  values,  guarantor 
support,  financial  disclosures,  industry  trends  and  strength  of  borrowers’  management,  the  impact  that  economic  and  market 
conditions  may  have  on  the  portfolio  as  well  as  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio.  Finally,  we  evaluate  and  consider  the 
allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective 
because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the 

Page -19- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
appropriate  allowance.  If  the  evaluations  prove  to  be  incorrect,  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  may  not  be  sufficient  to  cover  losses 
inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses. 

The Credit Risk Management Committee is comprised of Bank management. The adequacy of the allowance is analyzed quarterly, 
with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the  Credit Risk Management  Committee, based on its risk assessment of the 
entire portfolio. Each quarter, members of the Credit Risk Management Committee meet with the Credit Risk Committee of the Board 
to review credit risk trends and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Based on the Credit Risk Management Committee’s 
review of the classified loans and the overall allowance  levels as they relate to the entire  loan portfolio at December 31, 2014  and 
2013, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses 
in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market 
or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, 
as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank 
to  recognize  adjustments  to  the  allowance  based  on  their  judgments  of  the  information  available  to  them  at  the  time  of  their 
examination. 

For additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

NET INCOME  

Net income  for 2014 totaled $13.8 million or $1.18 per diluted share  while net income  for 2013 totaled $13.1 million or $1.36  per 
diluted  share,  as  compared  to  net  income  of  $12.8  million,  or  $1.48  per  diluted  share  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012.  Net 
income  increased $0.7  million or 5.1% compared to 2013 and net  income  for 2013 increased $0.3 million or 2.5% as compared to 
2012. Significant trends for 2014 include: (i) a $16.3 million or 31.9% increase in net interest income; (ii) a $0.2 million decrease in 
the  provision  for  loan  losses;  (iii)  a  $0.7  million  or  8.2%  decrease  in  total  non-interest  income  due  to  net  securities  losses  of  $1.1  
million  in  2014  compared  to  net  securities  gains  of  $0.7  million  in  2013;  and  (iv)  a  $14.5  million  or  38.2%  increase  in  total  non-
interest  expenses  including  $5.5  million  of  costs  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  FNBNY  that  closed  on  February  14,  2014,  the 
agreement to acquire CNB announced in December 2014, and branch restructuring costs. The effective income tax rate was 34.5% for 
2014 compared to 33.8% for 2013. 

NET INTEREST INCOME  

Net  interest  income,  the  primary  contributor  to  earnings,  represents  the  difference  between  income  on  interest  earning  assets  and 
expenses on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends  upon the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing 
liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.  

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and its consolidated 
statements  of  income  for  the  years  indicated  and  reflect  the  average  yield  on  assets  and  average  cost  of  liabilities  for  the  years 
indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, 
for the  years shown.  Average balances are derived from daily average balances and include nonaccrual loans. The  yields and costs 
include fees, which are considered adjustments to yields. Interest on nonaccrual loans has been included only to the extent reflected in 
the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of this table, the average balances for investments in debt and equity securities 
exclude unrealized appreciation/depreciation due to the application of FASB ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” 

Page -20- 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Interest earning assets: 

Loans, net (1) 
Mortgage-backed, CMOs 
and other asset-back 
securities 

Tax exempt securities (2) 

Taxable securities 

Deposits with banks 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Average 
Yield/ 
Cost 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Average 
Yield/ 
Cost 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Average 
Yield/ 
Cost 

$  1,176,715  

$  57,637  

4.90 %   $ 

883,511   $  45,257  

5.12 %    $ 

671,103  

$  40,255  

6.00 % 

512,929  

10,644  

86,795  

222,018  

12,423  

2,925  

4,702  

32  

2.08  

3.37  

2.12  

0.26  

395,402  

112,393  

213,368  

9,773  

6,956  

3,355  

4,012  

28  

1.76  

2.99  

1.88  

0.29  

342,302  

141,899  

191,445  

27,840  

7,391  

4,181  

4,068  

78  

2.16  

2.95  

2.12  

0.28  

4.07  

Total interest earning assets 

2,010,880  

75,940  

3.78  

    1,614,447  

  59,608  

3.69  

    1,374,589  

55,973  

Non interest earning assets: 

Cash and due from banks 

Other assets 

Total assets 

40,728  

93,405  

$  2,145,013  

Interest bearing liabilities: 

Savings, NOW and money 

33,417  

49,535  

22,760  

48,836  

  $  1,697,399  

  $  1,446,185  

market deposits 

$ 

996,315  

$ 

3,223  

0.32 %   $ 

827,464   $  3,543  

0.43 %    $ 

718,559  

$ 

3,738  

0.52 % 

Certificates of deposit of 
$100,000 or more 

Other time deposits 

Federal funds purchased and 
repurchase agreements 

Federal Home Loan Bank 

term advances 

Junior subordinated 

debentures 

94,599  

59,321  

81,768  

767  

426  

588  

125,949  

1,091  

16,002  

1,365  

7,460  

Total interest bearing liabilities  

1,373,954  

Non-interest bearing liabilities:  

Demand deposits 

Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and 

stockholders’ equity 

578,936  

14,714  

1,967,604  

177,409  

$  2,145,013  

0.81  

0.72  

0.72  

0.87  

8.53  

99,899  

38,462  

59,747  

41,113  

16,002  

0.54  

    1,082,687  

1,079  

340  

505  

440  

1,365  

7,272  

1.08  

0.88  

0.85  

1.07  

8.53  

0.67  

474,367  

7,993  

    1,565,047  

132,352  

  $  1,697,399  

1,453  

416  

456  

127  

1,365  

7,555  

1.10  

1.02  

1.22  

0.66  

8.53  

0.78  

131,695  

40,949  

37,479  

19,202  

16,002  

963,886  

365,999  

7,923  

    1,337,808  

108,377  

  $  1,446,185  

Net interest income/interest 

rate spread (3) 

Net interest earning assets/net 

interest margin (4) 

Ratio of interest earning assets 
to interest bearing liabilities   

Less: Tax equivalent 

adjustment 

68,480  

3.24 %    

  52,336  

3.02 %     

48,418  

3.29 % 

$ 

636,926  

3.41 %   $ 

531,760  

3.24 %    $ 

410,703  

3.52 % 

146.36 %    

149.11 %     

  142.61 % 

Net interest income 

$  67,450  

   $  51,158  

(1,030 ) 

(1,178 ) 

(1,459 ) 

$  46,959  

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/(fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale. 
The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.  
Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest earning assets and the cost of average interest bearing liabilities. 
Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest earning assets. 

Page -21- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
   
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS  

Net interest income can be analyzed in terms of the impact of changes in rates and volumes. The following table illustrates the extent 
to which changes in interest rates and in the volume of average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected the 
Bank’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) 
changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates 
(changes in rates multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net changes. For purposes of this table, changes that are not due solely to 
volume  or  rate  changes  have  been  allocated  to  these  categories  based  on  the  respective  percentage  changes  in  average  volume  and 
rate. Due to the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during the periods analyzed, it is not possible to precisely allocate 
changes between volume and rates. In addition, average earning assets include nonaccrual loans.  

Years Ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Interest income on interest earning assets: 
Loans (1) 
Mortgage-backed, CMOs and other asset-backed   

securities 

Tax exempt securities (2) 
Taxable securities 
Deposits with banks 

Total interest earning assets 

Interest expense on interest bearing liabilities: 
Savings, NOW and money market deposits 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 
Other time deposits 
Federal funds purchased and repurchase 

agreements 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 
Junior subordinated debentures 

Total interest bearing liabilities 

2014 Over 2013 
Changes Due To 

2013 Over 2012 
Changes Due To 

  Volume 

Rate 

Net 
Change 

  Volume 

  Rate 

Net 
Change 

$  14,403  

$  (2,023 ) 

$ 

12,380  

$ 11,489  

$ (6,487 ) 

$ 

5,002  

2,288  
(824 ) 
166  
7  
  16,040  

666  
(93 ) 
157  

168  
753  
—  
1,651  

1,400  
394  
524  
(3 ) 
292  

(986 ) 
(219 ) 
(71 ) 

(85 ) 
(102 ) 
—   
(1,463 ) 

3,688  
(430 ) 
690  
4  
16,332  

  1,050  
(882)  
434  
(53)  
  12,038  

  (1,485 ) 
56  
(490 ) 
3  
  (8,403 ) 

(320 ) 
(312 ) 
86  

83  
651  
—  
188  

513  
(273 ) 
(23 ) 

216  
205  
—  
638  

(708 ) 
(101 ) 
(53 ) 

(167 ) 
108  
  —   
(921 ) 

(435 ) 
(826 ) 
(56 ) 
(50 ) 
3,635  

(195 ) 
(374 ) 
(76 ) 

49  
313  
—  
(283 ) 

Net interest income 

$  14,389  

$  1,755  

$ 

16,144  

$ 11,400  

$ (7,482 ) 

$ 

3,918  

(1)  Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/(fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale.  
(2)  The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.  

The net interest margin increased to 3.41% in 2014 compared to 3.24% for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 3.52% in 2012. The 
increase in 2014 compared to 2013 and 2012 is primarily attributable to the positive impact of increased loan demand, higher deposit 
balances, higher yields on securities, lower cost of funds and the positive impact of accretion of purchase accounting discounts. The 
total  average  interest  earning  assets  in  2014  increased  $396.4  million  or  24.6%  over  2013  levels,  yielding  3.78%  and  the  overall 
funding cost was 0.38%, including demand deposits. The yield on interest earning assets increased approximately 9 basis points while 
the cost of interest bearing liabilities decreased approximately 13 basis points during 2014 compared to 2013. The increase in average 
total  deposits  of  $289.0  million  partially  funded  average  higher  yielding  securities  of  $100.6  million,  and  average  net  loans  grew 
$293.2 million from the comparable 2013 levels.  

Net  interest  income  was  $67.5  million  in  2014  compared  to  $51.2  million  in  2013  and  $47.0  million  in  2012.  The  increase  in  net 
interest income of $16.3 million or 31.9% as compared to 2013, and the increase in  net  interest income of $4.2  million or 9.0% in 
2013 as compared to 2012, primarily resulted from the effect of the increase in the volume of average total interest earning assets and 
the decrease in the cost of average total interest bearing liabilities being greater than the effect of the increase in volume of average 
total interest bearing liabilities and the decrease in yield on average total interest earning assets.  

Average total interest earning assets grew by $396.4 million or 24.6% to $2.0 billion in 2014 compared to $1.6 billion in 2013. During 
this period, the yield on average total interest earning assets increased to 3.78% from 3.69%. Average total interest earning assets grew 
by $239.9 million or 17.5% to $1.6 billion in 2013 compared to $1.4 billion in 2012. During this period, the yield on average total 
interest earning assets decreased to 3.69% from 4.07%.  

Page -22- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2014, average loans grew by $293.2 million or 33.2% to $1.2 billion as compared to $883.5 million 
in 2013 and increased $212.4 million or 31.7% compared to $671.1 million in 2012. Real estate mortgage loans, multi-family loans 
and commercial loans primarily contributed to the growth. The Bank remains committed to growing loans with prudent underwriting, 
sensible pricing and limited credit and extension risk.  

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  average  total  investments  increased  by  $100.5  million  or  14.0%  to  $821.7  million  as 
compared to $721.2 million in 2013 and increased $146.1 million or 21.6% as compared to $675.6 million in 2012.  To position the 
balance sheet  for the future and better manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, a  portion of the available for sale investment 
securities portfolio was sold during 2014, 2013 and 2012 resulting in net losses of $1.1 million in 2014 and net gains of $0.7 million 
and $2.6 million for 2014 and 2013 respectively. In 2014, 2013, and 2012 there were no federal funds sold.  

Average total interest bearing liabilities were $1.4 billion in 2014 compared to $1.1 billion in 2013 and $963.9 million in 2012. The 
Bank  grew  deposits  in  2014  as  a  result  of  opening  three  new  branches  in  2014  and  two  new  branches  in  2013,  building  new 
relationships in existing markets and the FNBNY acquisition, which closed in February 2014, adding three additional branches to the 
existing branch  network. During 2014, the Bank reduced interest rates on deposit products through prudent  management of deposit 
pricing. The reduction in deposit rates resulted in a decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities to 0.54% for 2014 compared to 
0.67% for 2013 and 0.78% for 2012. Since the Company’s interest bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than its 
interest earning assets, an increase in short term interest rates initially results in a decrease in net interest income.  Additionally, the 
large percentages of deposits  in  money  market accounts reprice at short term  market rates,  making the balance  sheet  more  liability 
sensitive.  

For the year ended December 31, 2014, average total deposits increased by $289.0 million or 20.1% to $1.73 billion as compared to 
average  total  deposits  of  $1.44  billion  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  Components  of  this  increase  include  an  increase  in 
average demand deposits for 2014 of $104.6 million or 22.0% to $578.9 million as compared to $474.4 million in average demand 
deposits for 2013 which increased by $108.4 million or 29.6% from $366.0 million in average demand deposits for 2012. The average 
balances  in  savings,  NOW  and  money  market  accounts  increased  $168.9  million  or  20.4%  to  $996.3  million  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2014 compared to $827.5 million for the same period last year and increased $108.9 million or 15.2% over the 2012 
amount of $718.6 million.  Average balances in certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more and other time deposits increased $15.6 
million or 11.3% to $153.9 million for 2014 as compared to 2013 and decreased $34.3 million or 18.2% in 2013 as compared to 2012. 
Average public fund deposits comprised 16.8% of total average deposits during 2014, 17.1% in 2013 and 17.3% in 2012. Average 
federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements together with average Federal Home Loan Bank term advances increased $106.9 
million or 106.0% to $207.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to average balances for 2013 and increased 
$44.2 million or 78.0% to $100.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to average balances for the same period 
in 2012. 

Total interest income increased to $74.9 million in 2014 from $58.4 million in 2013 and $54.5 million in 2012, an increase of 28.2% 
during 2014 from 2013 and a 7.2% increase during 2013 from 2012. The ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities 
decreased to 146.4% in 2014 as compared to 149.1% in 2013 and 142.6% in 2012. Interest income on loans increased $12.4 million in 
2014 over 2013 and $5.0 million in 2013 over 2012 primarily due to  growth in the loan portfolio. The  yield on average loans  was 
4.9% for 2014, 5.1% for 2013 and 6.0% for 2012.  

Interest income on investments in asset-backed, tax exempt and taxable securities increased $4.1 million or 31.1% in 2014 to $17.3 
million  from  $13.2  million  in  2013  and  decreased  $1.0  million  or  7.3%  in  2013  from  $14.2  million  in  2012.  Interest  income  on 
securities  included  net  amortization  of  premiums  on  securities  of  $3.8  million  in  2014  compared  to  $5.2  million  in  2013  and  $5.6 
million in 2012. The tax adjusted average yield on total securities was 2.2% in 2014, 2.0% in 2013, and 2.3% in 2012.  

Total  interest  expense  increased  to  $7.5  million  as  compared  to  2013  and  was  $7.3  million  and  $7.6  million  for  2013  and  2012, 
respectively. The increase in interest expense over 2013 is a result of the increase in average interest bearing liabilities. The cost of 
average interest bearing liabilities was 0.54% in 2014, 0.67% in 2013, and 0.78% in 2012. 

Provision for Loan Losses  

The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in 
the Bank’s principal lending areas of Nassau and Suffolk Counties that are located on Long Island. The interest rates charged by the 
Bank  on  loans  are  affected  primarily  by  the  demand  for  such  loans,  the  supply  of  money  available  for  lending  purposes,  the  rates 
offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors are 
affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including the 
Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.  

Loans of approximately $30.3 million or 2.3% of total loans at December 31, 2014 were categorized as classified loans compared to 
$46.6 million or 4.6% at December 31, 2013 and $53.6 million or 6.7% at  December 31, 2012. Classified  loans include loans  with 
credit quality indicators with the internally assigned grades of special mention, substandard and doubtful. These loans are categorized 

Page -23- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
as classified loans as management has information that indicates the borrower may not be able to comply with the present repayment 
terms. These loans are subject to increased management attention and their classification is reviewed at least quarterly. The declining 
trend in the 2014 and 2013 levels of classified loans reflects the improving economic environment.  

At December 31, 2014, approximately $17.1 million of these classified loans were commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans which were 
well secured with real estate as collateral. Of the $17.1 million of CRE loans, $16.1 million were current and $1.0 million were past 
due. In addition, all but $2.1 million of the CRE loans have personal guarantees.  At December 31, 2014, approximately $2.8 million 
of classified loans were residential real estate loans with $2.2 million current and $0.6 million past due. Commercial, financial, and 
agricultural  loans  represented  $8.8  million  with  $8.5  million  current  and  $0.3  million  past  due.  Approximately  $0.4  million  of 
classified loans represented real estate construction and land loans, which were all current. All real estate construction and land loans 
are  well  secured  with  collateral.  The  remaining  $0.2  million  in  classified  loans  are  consumer  loans  that  are  unsecured  and  current, 
have personal guarantees and demonstrate sufficient cash flow to pay the loans. Due to the structure and nature of the credits, we do 
not expect to sustain a material loss on these relationships.  

CRE  loans,  including  multi-family  loans,  represented  $814.4  million  or  61.0%  of  the  total  loan  portfolio  at  December  31,  2014 
compared  to  $592.4  million  or  58.6%  at  December  31,  2013  and  $398.9  million  or  50.0%  at  December  31,  2012.  The  Bank’s 
underwriting standards for CRE loans requires an evaluation of the cash flow of the property, the overall cash flow of the borrower 
and related guarantors as well as the value of the real estate securing the loan. In addition, the Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE 
loans are consistent  with regulatory requirements  with original loan  to value ratios  generally less than or equal to 75%.  The Bank 
considers charge-off history, delinquency trends, cash flow analysis, and the impact of the local economy on commercial real estate 
values when evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.  Real estate values in our geographic markets increased 
significantly from 2000 through 2007. Commencing in 2008, following the financial crisis and significant downturn in the economy, 
real estate values began to decline. This decline continued into 2009 and stabilized in 2010. The estimated decline in residential and 
commercial real estate values during this period ranged from 15-20% from the 2007 levels, depending on the nature and location of 
the real estate.  Real estate values began to improve in 2012 and continued into 2014. 

As  of  December  31,  2014  and  December 31,  2013,  the  Company  had  impaired  loans  as  defined  by  FASB  ASC  No. 310, 
“Receivables”  of  $6.2 million  and  $8.9 million,  respectively.  For  a  loan  to  be  considered  impaired,  management  determines  after 
review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan 
agreement. Management applies its  normal loan review procedures in  making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually 
classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of 
the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash 
flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to 
determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of 
the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan 
loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the 
fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5.  

Nonaccrual loans decreased $2.6 million to $1.2 million or 0.09% of total loans at December 31, 2014 from $3.8 million or 0.38% of 
total  loans  at  December  31,  2013.  Approximately  $0.5  million  of  the  nonaccrual  loans  at  December  31,  2014  and  $2.0  million  at 
December 31, 2013, represent troubled debt restructured loans.   

Net charge-offs were $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2013 and $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans was 1466%, 
419% and 439%, at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  

Based on our continuing review of the overall loan portfolio, the current asset quality of the portfolio, the growth in the loan portfolio 
and the net charge-offs, a provision for loan losses of $2.2 million was recorded in 2014 as compared to $2.4 million in 2013 and $5.0 
million  in  2012.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  increased  to  $17.6  million  at  December  31,  2014  as  compared  to  $16.0  million  at 
December 31, 2013 and $14.4 million at December 31, 2012. As a percentage of total loans, the allowance  was 1.32%, 1.58%  and 
1.81%  at  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  In  accordance  with  current  accounting  guidance,  the  acquired  FNBNY 
loans  were  recorded  at  fair  value,  effectively  netting  estimated  future  losses  against  the  loan  balances.  Management  continues  to 
carefully monitor the loan portfolio as well as real estate trends in Nassau and Suffolk Counties.  

Page -24- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses: 

December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

$ 

16,001     $ 

14,439     $ 

10,837     $ 

8,497    $ 

6,045  

Charge-offs: 
Commercial real estate mortgage loans 
Multi-family loans 
Residential real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction and land loans 
Installment/consumer loans 

Total 

Recoveries: 
Commercial real estate mortgage loans 
Multi-family loans 
Residential real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction and land loans 
Installment/consumer loans 

Total 

Net charge-offs  
Provision for loan losses charged to operations 
Balance at end of period 
Ratio of net charge-offs during period to average loans 

outstanding 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses  

461      
—      
257      
104      
—      
2      
824      

—      
—      
170      
87      
—      
3      
260      

—      
—      
420      
420      
23      
53      
916      

—      
—      
34      
87      
2      
5      
128      

—      
—      
1,210      
285      
—      
15      
1,510      

—      
—      
7      
83      
—      
22      
112      

—     
—     
259     
372     
864     
186     
1,681     

—     
—     
6     
96     
—     
19     
121     

73  
—  
20  
879  
—  
148  
1,120  

—  
—  
4  
56  
—  
12  
72  

(564 )    
2,200      
17,637     $ 

(788 )    
2,350      
16,001     $ 

(1,398 )    
5,000      
14,439     $ 

(1,560 )   
3,900     
10,837    $ 

(1,048 ) 
3,500  
8,497  

$ 

(0.04% )    

(0.09% )    

(0.21% )    

(0.28% )   

(0.22% ) 

The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for loan losses by loan type: 

Years Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands) 

Commercial real estate 
mortgage loans 
Multi-family loans 
Residential real estate 
mortgage loans 

Commercial, financial and 

agricultural loans 
Real estate construction 

and land loans 

Installment/consumer loans .

Total 

  Amount 

  $ 

6,994    
2,670    

2,208    

4,526    

1,104    
135    
  $  17,637    

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

Percentage 
of Loans 
to Total 
Loans 

Percentage 
of Loans 
to Total 
Loans 

Percentage 
of Loans 
to Total 
Loans 

  Amount   

Percentage 
of Loans 
to Total 
Loans 

  Amount   

  Amount   

Percentage 
of Loans 
to Total 
Loans 

    Amount   

44.5 %   $  6,279    
1,597    
16.4  

47.9 %   $  4,445    
1,239    
10.6  

41.7 %   $  3,530    
395    
8.3  

46.4 %  $ 

3.5  

3,310    
133    

11.7  

21.8  

2,712    

4,006    

15.2  

20.7  

2,803    

4,349    

18.0  

24.7  

2,280    

2,895    

23.1  

19.0  

4.8  
0.8  

1,206    
201    
100.0 %   $  16,001    

4.7  
0.9  

1,375    
228    
100.0 %   $  14,439    

6.1  
1.2  

1,465    
272    
100.0 %   $  10,837    

6.6  
1.4  
100.0 %  $ 

1,642    

2,804    

185    
423    
8,497    

46.9 % 
1.8  

28.0  

19.4  

2.0  
1.9  
100.0 % 

Non-Interest Income 

Total non-interest income decreased by $0.7 million or 8.2% in 2014 to $8.2 million and decreased by $1.8 million or 16.7% in 2013 
to  $8.9  million  as  compared  to  $10.7  million  in  2012.  The  decrease  in  total  non-interest  income  in  2014  compared  to  2013  was 
primarily  the  result  of  a  $1.7  million  decrease  in  net  securities  gains  recognized  for  2014,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  of  $0.8 
million in other operating income and $0.2 million in fees for other customer services. The decrease in total non-interest income in 
2013 compared to 2012 was primarily the result of $2.0 million decrease in net securities gains recognized for 2013 and a $0.1 million 
decrease in service charges on deposit accounts, partially offset by an increase of $0.3 million in fees for other customer services. 

Net  securities  losses  of  $1.1  million  were  recognized  in  2014  compared  to  net  securities  gains  of  $0.7  million  and  $2.6  million 
recognized  in  2013  and  2012,  respectively.  The  sales  of  securities  were  due  to  repositioning  of  the  available  for  sale  investment 
portfolio. Bridge Abstract, the Bank’s title insurance abstract subsidiary, generated title fee income of $1.7 million in 2014 and 2013 
and $1.6 million in 2012.  

Service charges on deposit accounts for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $3.2 million as compared to $3.3 million 
for the same period in 2012. Fees for other customer services increased $0.2 million or 6.3% to $3.5 million compared to $3.3 million 

Page -25- 

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
      
      
      
     
  
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
     
  
 
 
      
      
      
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
     
  
 
 
      
      
      
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
      
      
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
   
   
   
   
  
 
  
 
 
in 2013. Fees from other customer services increased $0.3 million or 11.4% to $3.3 million in 2013 as compared to $3.0 million in 
2012.  

Other  operating  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 2014  increased  $0.8  million  to  $0.9  million  compared  to  $0.1  million  in 
2013 and 2012, respectively.  The increase in 2014 is primarily the result of executing an additional $20.6 million in BOLI during the 
year. 

Non-Interest Expense 

Total non-interest expense increased $14.5 million or 38.2% to $52.4 million in 2014 compared to $37.9 million over the same period 
in 2013 and increased $4.1 million or 12.3% in 2013 from $33.8 million in 2012.  The primary components of these increases were 
higher  salaries  and  employee  benefits,  occupancy  and  equipment,  technology  and  communications,  marketing  and  advertising, 
professional services, FDIC assessments, amortization of core deposit intangibles, and other operating expenses. Additionally, during 
2014 costs of $5.5 million were incurred related to the FNBNY acquisition, agreement to acquire CNB announced in December 2014, 
and branch restructuring costs.  

Salaries and benefits increased $4.5 million or 20.8% to $26.0 million in 2014 as compared to $21.5 million in 2012 and increased 
$0.8 million or 4.0% from $20.7 million as of December 31, 2012. The increases in salary and benefits reflect additional positions to 
support the Company’s expanding infrastructure primarily related to the acquisition of FNBNY, a larger loan portfolio, and the related 
employee benefit costs. 

Occupancy and equipment increased $2.3 million or 43.5% to $7.7 million in 2014 compared to $5.4 million in 2013 and increased 
$1.3 million or 32.8% from $4.0 million in 2012. Technology and communications increased $0.6 million or 22.4% to $3.2 million 
compared to $2.6 million in 2013 and increased $0.5 million or 22.6% in 2013 from $2.1 million in 2012. Marketing and advertising 
increased $0.5 million or 30.4% to $2.4 million  in 2014 from $1.9  million in 2013 and increased $0.3 million or 17.2% from $1.6 
million in 2012. Higher occupancy and equipment expense, technology and communications, and marketing and advertising expense 
in  2014  and  2013  relate  to  the  Company’s  increased  branch  network  and  expanding  infrastructure.  Professional  services  increased 
$0.2  million  or  14.7%  to  $1.5  million  in  2014  from  $1.3  million  in  2013  and  increased  $0.3  million  or  28.0%  in  2013  from  $1.0 
million in 2012. FDIC assessments increased $0.4 million to $1.3 million compared to $0.9 million and $0.8 million in 2013 and 2012 
respectively.  For  2014,  the  Company  incurred  costs  of  $5.5  million  related  to  the  FNBNY  and  CNB  acquisitions  and  branch 
restructuring  costs.  The  acquisition  costs  of  $0.5  million  in  2013  were  related  solely  to  the  FNBNY  acquisition.  The  Company 
recorded  amortization  of  core  deposit  intangibles  of  $0.3  million  primarily  related  to  the  FNBNY  acquisition  in  2014  and  $0.06 
million and $0.07 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, for the HSB acquisition.  

Cost  of  extinguishment  of  debt  for  2012  was  $0.2  million  related  to  the  prepayment  of  a  $5  million  repurchase  agreement.  Other 
operating  expenses  increased  $0.8  million  or  19.4%  to  $4.5  million  in  2014  compared  to  $3.8  million  in  2013  and  $3.3  million  in 
2012. 

Income Tax Expense 

Income tax expense for December 31, 2014 was $7.2 million representing an increase of $0.5 million from 2013. Income tax expense 
for 2013 was $6.7 million representing an increase of $0.6  million from 2012. The effective tax rate was 34.5% for the year ended 
December 31, 2014 compared to 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increases in income tax expense and the effective 
tax  rate  in  2014  reflect  higher  income  before  income  taxes,  a  lower  percentage  of  interest  income  from  tax  exempt  securities  and 
higher state taxes. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 32.3%.  

FINANCIAL CONDITION  

The  assets  of  the  Company  totaled  $2.29  billion  at  December  31,  2014,  an  increase  of  $391.9  million  or  20.7%  from  the  previous 
year-end with growth funded by deposits, borrowings and capital. This increase reflects strong growth in new and existing markets. 

Cash and due from banks increased $5.1 million or 12.8% to $45.1 million compared to December 2013 levels and interest earning 
deposits  with banks increased $1.0 million or 18.7% as funds  were invested in loan and securities. Total securities increased $25.6 
million or 3.3% to $802.1 million and net loans increased $323.4 million or 32.4% to $1.3 billion compared to December 2013 levels. 
There were no loans held for sale in 2014 and 2013. The ability to grow the investment and loan portfolios, while minimizing interest 
rate risk sensitivity and maintaining credit quality, remains a strong focus of management. At December 31, 2014, goodwill was $9.5 
million and core deposit intangible was $0.8 million related to the FNBNY and HSB acquisitions. Core deposit intangible increased to 
$0.8 million compared to $0.2 million in 2013 due to the FNBNY acquisition. Total deposits grew $294.7 million to $1.83 billion at 
December 31, 2014 compared to $1.54 billion at December 2013. The deposit growth occurred in all markets and included both new 
commercial  and  consumer  relationships.  Demand  deposits  increased  $120.2  million  to  $703.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2014 
compared to $582.9  million at December 31, 2013. Savings, NOW and  money  market deposits increased $134.0  million to $989.3 
million at December, 2014 from $855.2 million at December 31, 2013. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more decreased $18.7 

Page -26- 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
million to $83.1 million at December 31, 2014 from $64.4 million at December 31, 2013. Other time deposits increased $21.8 million 
to $58.3 million as of December 31, 2014 from $36.5 at December 31, 2013.  

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings at December 31, 2014 increased $11.0 million or 17.2% 
to $75.0 million compared to $64.0  million in 2013. Federal Home  Loan Bank  term advances increased $40.3  million or 41.2% to 
$138.3 million for December 31, 2014 compared to $98.0 million in 2013. Repurchase agreements increased $24.9 million to $36.3 
million or 218.9% compared to $11.4 million as of December 31, 2013. Other liabilities and accrued expenses increased $5.4 million 
to $14.2 million as of December 31, 2014 from $8.8 million as of December 31, 2013.  

Stockholders’  equity  was  $175.1  million  at  December  31,  2014,  an  increase  of  $15.7  million  or  9.8%  from  December  31,  2013, 
reflecting primarily, the issuance of $5.9 million in common equity in connection with the FNBNY transaction, the proceeds from the 
issuance  of  shares  of  common  stock  under  the  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plan  of  $0.6  million,  an  increase  in  other  comprehensive 
income, net of deferred income taxes of $4.9 million, and net income of $13.8 million, partially offset by $10.7 million in declared 
cash dividends. In December 2012, due to the likelihood of a change in the tax rates on dividends beginning in 2013, the Company 
decided  to  accelerate  the  timing  of  the  payment  of  the  Company’s  fourth  quarter  dividend  to  shareholders  of  $0.23  per  share  into 
calendar year 2012 resulting in five dividend payments in 2012 compared to three dividend payments totaling $6.8 million in 2013.  

Loans  

During 2014, the Company continued to experience growth trends in commercial and residential real estate lending. The concentration 
of loans in our primary market areas may increase risk. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan 
portfolio  consists  primarily  of  real  estate  loans  secured  by  commercial  and  residential  real  estate  properties  located  in  the  Bank’s 
principal lending areas of Nassau and Suffolk Counties on Long Island. The bank’s portfolio also includes to a lesser extent loans on 
properties  located  in  the  New  York  City  market.    The  local  economic  conditions  on  Long  Island  have  a  significant  impact  on  the 
volume  of  loan  originations  and  the  quality  of  our  loans,  the  ability  of  borrowers  to  repay  these  loans,  and  the  value  of  collateral 
securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other 
factors beyond the Company’s control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the financial results 
of the Company’s operations. Additionally, while the Company has a significant amount of commercial real estate loans, the majority 
of  which  are  owner-occupied,  decreases  in  tenant  occupancy  may  also  have  a  negative  effect  on  the  ability  of  borrowers  to  make 
timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s earnings.  

The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for 
lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the  Bank’s relationship  with the  customer, and the related credit risks of the 
transaction.  These  factors  are  affected  by  general  and  economic  conditions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  monetary  policies  of  the 
federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.  

The Bank targets its business lending and marketing initiatives towards promotion of loans that primarily meet the needs of small to 
medium-sized  businesses.  These  small  to  medium-sized  businesses  generally  have  fewer  financial  resources  in  terms  of  capital  or 
borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact these businesses, the results of operations 
and financial condition may be adversely affected.  

With respect to the underwriting of loans, there are certain risks, including the risk of non-payment that is associated with each type of 
loan  that  the  Bank  markets.  Approximately  80.0%  of  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  at  December  31,  2014  is  secured  by  real  estate. 
Approximately 44.5% of the Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of commercial real estate loans.  Multifamily loans represent 16.3% 
of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Residential real estate  mortgage loans represent 11.7% of the Bank’s loan portfolio and include home 
equity lines of credit of approximately 4.9% and residential mortgages of approximately 6.8% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Real estate 
construction and land loans comprise approximately 4.7% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Risks associated with a concentration in real 
estate  loans  include  potential  losses  from  fluctuating  values  of  land  and  improved  properties.  Home  equity  loans  represent  loans 
originated  in  the  Bank’s  geographic  markets  with  original  loan  to  value  ratios  generally  of  75%  or  less.  The  Bank’s  residential 
mortgage  portfolio  includes  approximately  $1.8  million  in  interest  only  mortgages.  The  underwriting  standards  for  interest  only 
mortgages are consistent with the remainder of the loan portfolio and do not include any features that result in negative amortization. 
The largest loan concentrations by industry are loans granted to lessors of commercial property both owner occupied and non-owner 
occupied. The Bank uses conservative underwriting criteria to better insulate itself from a downturn in real estate values and economic 
conditions  on  eastern  Long  Island  that  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  value  of  collateral  securing  the  loans  as  well  as  the 
ability of customers to repay loans.  

The  remainder  of  the  loan  portfolio  is  comprised  of  commercial  and  consumer  loans,  which  represent  approximately  22.6%  of  the 
Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  The  primary  risks  associated  with  commercial  loans  are  the  cash  flow  of  the  business,  the  experience  and 
quality of the borrowers’ management, the business climate, and the impact of economic factors. The primary risks associated with 
consumer loans relate to the borrower, such as the risk of a borrower’s unemployment as a result of deteriorating economic conditions 
or the amount and nature of a borrower’s other existing indebtedness, and the value of the collateral securing the loan if the Bank must 

Page -27- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
take possession of the collateral. Consumer loans also have risks associated with concentrations of specific types of consumer loans 
within the portfolio. 

The Bank’s policy for charging off loans is a multi-step process. A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of 
either principal or interest  for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending  upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior  month. In 
addition to date criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, 
death of  the borrower, and deficiency balance  from the sale of collateral. These loans  identified are presented  for evaluation at the 
regular meeting of the Credit Risk Management Committee. A loan is charged off when a loss is reasonably assured. The recovery of 
charged-off balances is actively pursued until the potential for recovery has been exhausted, or until the expense of collection does not 
justify the recovery efforts.  

Total loans grew $324.4  million or 32.1%, during  2014 and $213.7  million or  26.8% during  2013. Average net loans grew $293.2 
million  or  33.2%  during  2014  over  2013  and  $212.4  million  or  31.7%  during  2013  when  compared  to  2012.  Real  estate  mortgage 
loans were the largest contributor of the growth for both 2014 and 2013 and increased $224.7 million or 30.1% and $203.2 million or 
37.5%, respectively. Commercial real estate  mortgage loans grew $110.5  million or 22.8% during 2014 and multi-family  mortgage 
loans grew $111.5 million or 103.7% during 2014. Commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased $82.3 million or 39.3% in 
2014  from  2013  and  increased  $12.0  million  or  6.1%  in  2013  from  2012.  Real  estate  construction  and  land  loans  increased  $16.6 
million or 35.3% in 2014 and decreased $1.7 million or 3.4% in 2013. Installment/consumer loans increased $0.8 million or 9.0% in 
2014  and  increased  $0.1  million  or  1.3%  during  2013.  Fixed  rate  loans  represented  32.5%,  33.9%  and  31.7%  of  total  loans  at 
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Commercial real estate mortgage loans 
Multi-family loans 
Residential real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction and land loans 
Installment/consumer loans 
Total loans 
Net deferred loan costs and fees 

Allowance for loan losses 
Net loans 

Selected Loan Maturity Information  

2014 

2013 

2012 

  2011 

  2010 

  $ 

595,397   $ 
218,985  
156,156  
291,743  
63,556  
10,124  
  1,335,961  
2,366  
  1,338,327  

(17,637 )   
  $  1,320,690   $ 

484,900   $  332,782  
66,080  
107,488  
  143,703  
153,417  
  197,448  
209,452  
48,632  
46,981  
9,167  
9,287  
  797,812  
1,011,525  
634  
1,738  
  798,446  
1,013,263  
(14,439 ) 
(16,001 )   
997,262   $  784,007  

$  283,917  
21,402  
  141,027  
  116,319  
40,543  
8,565  
  611,773  
370  
  612,143  
(10,837 ) 
$  601,306  

$  236,048  
9,217  
  140,986  
97,663  
9,928  
9,659  
  503,501  
559  
  504,060  
(8,497 ) 
$  495,563  

The following table sets forth the approximate maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of certain loans, exclusive of real 
estate mortgage loans and installment/consumer loans to individuals as of December 31, 2014:  

(In thousands) 
Commercial loans 
Construction and land loans (1) 

Total 

Rate provisions: 

Amounts with fixed interest rates 
Amounts with variable interest rates 

Total 

Within One 
Year 

After One 
But Within 
Five Years 

After 
Five Years   

Total 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

108,619  
21,448  
130,067  

$ 

94,641  
13,251  
$  107,892  

$  88,483   $  291,743  
63,556  
$  117,340   $  355,299  

28,857  

33,888  
96,179  
130,067  

$ 

72,223  
35,669  
$  107,892  

$  29,034   $  135,145  
  220,154  
$  117,340   $   355,299  

88,306  

(1)  Included in the “After Five Years” column, are one-step construction loans that contain a preliminary construction period 
(interest only) that automatically converts to amortization at the end of the construction phase. 

Page -28- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Past Due, Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans and Other Real Estate Owned 

The following table sets forth selected information about past due, nonaccrual, restructured loans and other real estate owned: 

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing 
Nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans  - Nonaccrual 
Restructured loans  - Performing 
Other real estate owned, net 
Total 

Years Ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Gross interest income that has not been paid or recorded  
during the year under original terms: 
Nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans 

Gross interest income recorded during the year: 
Nonaccrual loans 
Restructured loans 

Commitments for additional funds 

The following table sets forth impaired loans by loan type: 

December 31, 
 (In thousands) 
Nonaccrual loans: 
Commercial real estate mortgage loans 
Multi-family loans 
Residential real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction and land loans 
Installment/consumer loans 
    Total 

Restructured loans - Nonaccrual: 
Commercial real estate mortgage loans 
Multi-family loans 
Residential real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction and land loans 
Installment/consumer loans 
    Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

144   $ 
713    
490    
5,031    
—    

1   $ 
1,856    
1,965    
5,184    
2,242    
6,378   $  11,248   $ 

491   $ 
2,262    
1,027    
5,039    
250    
9,069   $ 

411   $ 
2,156    
2,004    
4,904    
—    
9,475   $ 

—  
1,997  
4,728  
3,219  
—  
9,944  

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

33   $ 
84    

66   $ 
60    

155   $ 
84    

122   $ 
436    

4   $ 
214    

94   $ 
282    

33   $ 
226    

41   $ 
241    

—    

—    

—    

—    

123  
255  

17  
105  

—  

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

295   $ 
—    
315    
75    
—    
—    
685    

352   $ 
—    
1,436    
—    
—    
—    
1,788    

492   $ 
—    
1,496    
193    
—    
—    
2,181    

449   $ 
—    
1,156    
260    
250    
—    
2,115    

300    
—    
69    
118    
—  
—  
487    

617    
—    
618    
720    
—  
—  
1,955    

—    
—    
717    
310    
—  
—  
1,027    

—    
—    
1,786    
218    
—  
—  
2,004    

228  
—  
1,397  
—  
250  
82  
1,957  

—  
—  
2,037  
—  
2,686  
—  
4,723  

Total Non-performing impaired loans 

1,172    

3,743    

3,208    

4,119    

6,680  

Restructured loans - Performing: 
Commercial real estate mortgage loans 
Multi-family loans 
Residential real estate mortgage loans 
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans 
Real estate construction and land loans 
Installment/consumer loans 
    Total 

4,541    
—    
—    
489    
—  
—  
5,030    

4,260    
—    
329    
526    
—  
—  
5,115    

4,284    
—    
336    
380    
—  
—  
5,000    

4,630    
—    
—    
274    
—  
—  
4,904    

3,186  
—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
3,186  

Total Impaired Loans 

  $ 

6,202   $ 

8,858   $ 

8,208   $ 

9,023   $ 

9,866  

Restructured loans totaled $5.5 million and $7.1 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.   

Page -29- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
Securities  

Total securities increased to $802.1 million at December 31, 2014 from $776.5 million at December 31, 2013. The available for sale 
portfolio increased 2.1% to $587.2 million from $575.2 million at December 31, 2013. Securities held as available for sale may be 
sold  in  response  to,  or  in  anticipation  of,  changes  in  interest  rates  and  resulting  prepayment  risk,  or  other  factors.  Residential 
mortgage-backed securities increased by $87.0 million at December 31, 2014, commercial  mortgage-backed securities increased by 
$0.1  million,  state  and  municipal  obligations  increased  by  $2.0  million,  and  corporate  bonds  increased  by  $18.0  million,  while 
residential collateralized mortgage obligations decreased by $20.6 million, U.S. government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities 
decreased by $57.3 million, non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities decreased by $3.6 million, commercial collateralized 
mortgage  obligations  decreased  by  $2.8  million,  and  other  asset  backed  securities  decreased  by  $10.8  million.  Securities  held  to 
maturity  increased  6.8%  to  $214.9  million  at  December  31,  2014  compared  to $201.3 million  at  December  31, 2013.   Commercial 
mortgage-backed  securities  increased  by  $3.1  million,  commercial  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  increased  by  $22.8  million, 
while state and municipal obligations held to maturity decreased by $2.4 million, residential mortgage-backed securities decreased by 
$1.3 million, and residential collateralized mortgage obligations decreased by $8.7 million.  Fixed rate securities represented 91.5% of 
total  securities  at  December  31,  2014  compared  to  92.7%  at  December  31,  2013.  Residential  collateralized  mortgage  obligations 
represented approximately 44.0% of the available for sale balance at December 31, 2014 as compared to 48.5% at the prior year-end. 
To position the balance sheet for the future and better manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, a portion of the available for sale 
investment securities portfolio was sold during 2014 and 2013 resulting in a net loss of $1.1 million and a net gain of $0.7 million, 
respectively. The sale of securities and the change in market rates were the primary reasons for the net decrease in unrealized loss in 
securities available for sale which increased other comprehensive income.  

Page -30- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  sets  forth  the  fair  value,  amortized  cost,  maturities  and  approximated  weighted  average  yield  at  December  31, 
2014. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations 
with or without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.  

December 31, 2014 
(Dollars in 
thousands) 

Within 
One Year 
Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 
Amount  

Amount   Yield   

After One But 
Within Five Years 

After Five But 
Within Ten Years 

After 
Ten Years 

Fair 
Value 
Amount   

Amortized 
Cost 

Amount   Yield   

Fair 
Value 
Amount   

Amortized 
Cost 

Amount   Yield   

Fair 
Value 
Amount   

Amortized 
Cost 

Amount   Yield 

Total 

Fair 
Value 
Amount   

Amortized 
Cost 
Amount 

Available for sale: 

US GSE securities  $ 
State and municipal 

201  $ 

197   4.70 %  $  8,805   $ 

9,000   1.52 %  $  86,419   $  88,363   2.07 %  $ 

—   $ 

—   — %  $  95,425   $ 

97,560 

obligations 

  15,654   

15,574   1.84  

  27,712    

27,707   1.73  

9,518    

9,470   2.26  

  10,809    

10,832   3.06  

  63,693    

63,583 

US GSE Residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities 

US GSE Residential 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations 

US GSE 

Commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities 

US GSE 

Commercial 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations 

Other Asset backed 

securities 
Corporate Bonds 
Total available for 

—   

—   —  

—    

—   —  

4,594    

4,566   1.82  

  96,831    

96,365   2.19  

  101,425    

100,931 

—   

—   —  

—    

—   —  

—    

—   —  

  258,599     261,256   1.87  

  258,599    

261,256 

—   

—   —  

—    

—   —  

2,945    

3,016   2.06  

—    

—   —  

2,945    

3,016 

—   

—   
—   

—   —  

—    

—   —  

—    

—   —  

  24,082    

24,179   1.97  

  24,082    

24,179 

—   —  
—   —  

—    
1,001    

—   —  
1,000   0.43  

—    
  16,977    

—   —  
16,952   2.06  

  23,037    
—    

24,190   1.66  
—   —  

  23,037    
  17,978    

24,190 
17,952 

sale 

$  15,855  $  15,771   1.87 %  $  37,518   $  37,707   1.65 % $ 120,453   $  122,367   2.07 % $ 413,358   $  416,822   1.97 %  $ 587,184   $  592,667 

Held to maturity: 

US GSE securities  $  —  $ 
State and municipal 

—   — %  $  7,414   $ 

7,455   1.65 %  $  3,963   $ 

3,828   3.13 %  $ 

—   $ 

—   — %  $  11,377   $ 

11,283 

obligations 

5,149   

5,139   1.05  

  11,596    

11,507   1.44  

  43,309    

42,101   3.01  

6,370    

6,117   3.24  

  66,424    

64,864 

US GSE Residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities 

US GSE Residential 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations 

US GSE 

Commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities 

US GSE 

Commercial 
collateralized 
mortgage 
obligations 
Corporate Bonds 
Total held to 
maturity 
Total securities 

—   

—   —  

—    

—   —  

—    

—   —  

6,570    

6,667   1.25  

6,570    

6,667 

—   

—   —  

—    

—   —  

1,041    

1,009   3.72  

  58,143    

58,530   2.60  

  59,184    

59,539 

—   

—   —  

—    

—   —  

  10,073    

9,935   2.58  

3,347    

3,278   2.92  

  13,420    

13,213 

—   
  11,990   

—   —  
11,948   1.56  

—    
  11,075    

—   —  
11,000   1.84  

—    
—    

—   —  
—   —  

  36,249    
—    

36,413   2.95  
—   —  

  36,249    
  23,065    

36,413 
22,948 

  17,139   
214,927 
$  32,994  $  32,858   1.63 %  $  67,603   $  67,669   1.64 %  $ 178,839   $  179,240   2.35 %  $ 524,037   $  527,827   2.12 %  $ 803,473   $  807,594 

  110,679     111,005   2.68  

17,087   1.41  

56,873   2.96  

29,962   1.64  

  216,289    

  30,085    

  58,386    

Deposits and Borrowings  

Borrowings, including federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and junior subordinated debentures, increased $76.2 million to 
$265.6 million at December 31, 2014 from the prior year-end. Total deposits increased $294.7 million or 19.1% in 2014 as compared 
to  2013.  The  growth  in  deposits  is  attributable  to  an  increase  in  individual,  partnership  and  corporate  (“core  deposits”)  account 
balances of $268.3 million, driven by the addition of the branches acquired in the FNBNY transaction, opening of three new branches 
in  2014  and  two  in  2013,  the  building  of  new  relationships  in  current  markets,  and  an  increase  of  $26.4  million  in  public  funds 
deposits.  Demand  deposits  increased  $120.2  million  or  20.6%  and  Savings,  NOW  and  money  market  deposits  increased  $134.0 
million or 15.7% primarily related to core  deposits growth. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more decreased $18.6  million or 
28.9% from December 31, 2013 and other time deposits increased $21.8 million or 58.9% as compared to the prior year.  

Page -31- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
 
 
   
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
   
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
  
  
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2014:  

(In thousands) 
3 Months or less 
Over 3 through 6 months 
Over 6 through 12 months 
Over 12 months through 24 months 
Over 24 months through 36 months 
Over 36 months through 48 months 
Over 48 months through 60 months 
Over 60 months 
Total 

LIQUIDITY  

Less than 
$100,000 

$100,000 or 
Greater 

Total 

$ 

$ 

13,009  
10,120  
12,388  
9,405  
4,934  
5,923  
2,434  
78  
58,291  

$ 

$ 

17,110  
12,072  
15,174  
15,040  
10,270  
10,159  
3,246  
—  
83,071  

$ 

$ 

30,119  
22,192  
27,562  
24,445  
15,204  
16,082  
5,758  
—  
141,362  

The  objective  of  liquidity  management  is  to  ensure  the  sufficiency  of  funds  available  to  respond  to  the  needs  of  depositors  and 
borrowers, and to take advantage of unanticipated opportunities for Company growth or earnings enhancement. Liquidity management 
addresses the ability of the Company to meet financial obligations that arise in the normal course of business. Liquidity is primarily 
needed to meet customer borrowing commitments, deposit withdrawals either on demand or contractual maturity, to repay borrowings 
as they mature, to fund current and planned expenditures and to make new loans and investments as opportunities arise. The Holding 
Company’s principal sources of liquidity included cash and cash equivalents of $0.6 million as of December 31, 2014, and dividends 
from the Bank. Cash available for distribution of dividends to shareholders of the Company is primarily derived from dividends paid 
by  the  Bank  to  the  Company.  During  2014,  the  Bank  did  not  pay  a  cash  dividend  to  the  Company.  Prior  regulatory  approval  is 
required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year 
combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. As of January 1, 2015, the Bank has $28.8 million of retained net 
income  available  for  dividends  to  the  Company.  In  the  event  that  the  Company  subsequently  expands  its  current  operations,  in 
addition to dividends from the Bank, it will need to rely on its own earnings, additional capital raised and other borrowings to meet 
liquidity needs. The Company made a capital contribution of $24.0 million to the Bank during the twelve months ended December 31, 
2014.  

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity due within one 
year. The levels of these assets are dependent upon the Bank’s operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given 
period. Other sources of liquidity include loan and investment securities principal repayments and maturities, lines of credit with other 
financial  institutions  including  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  and  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  growth  in  core  deposits  and  sources  of 
wholesale  funding  such  as  brokered  certificates  of  deposit.  While  scheduled  loan  amortization,  maturing  securities  and  short  term 
investments  are  a  relatively  predictable  source  of  funds,  deposit  flows  and  loan  and  mortgage-backed  securities  prepayments  are 
greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank adjusts its liquidity levels as appropriate 
to meet funding needs such as seasonal deposit outflows, loans, and asset and liability management objectives. Historically, the Bank 
has relied on its deposit base, drawn through its full-service branches that serve its market area and local municipal deposits, as its 
principal  source  of  funding.  The  Bank  seeks  to  retain  existing  deposits  and  loans  and  maintain  customer  relationships  by  offering 
quality service and competitive interest rates to its customers, while managing the overall cost of funds needed to finance its strategies.  

During  2014,  2013  and  2012,  the  Bank  grew  its  core  deposits  as  well  as  its  level  of  public  funds.  The  Bank’s  Asset/Liability  and 
Funds  Management  Policy  allows  for  wholesale  borrowings  of  up  to  25%  of  total  assets.  At  December  31,  2014,  the  Bank  had 
aggregate  lines  of  credit  of  $295.0  million  with  unaffiliated  correspondent  banks  to  provide  short  term  credit  for  liquidity 
requirements.  Of  these  aggregate  lines  of  credit,  $275.0  million  is  available  on  an  unsecured  basis.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  the 
Bank  had $75.0  million in overnight borrowings outstanding  under these lines.   The Bank also has the ability, as a  member of  the 
Federal Home  Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, to borrow against unencumbered residential and commercial  mortgages owned by the 
Bank. The Bank also has a master repurchase agreement with the FHLB, which increases its borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 
2014, the Bank had $69.0 million outstanding in FHLB overnight borrowings and an additional $69.3  million outstanding in FHLB 
term borrowings. The Bank had $35.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2014 
with brokers and $1.3 million outstanding with customers.  As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had $10.0 million of securities sold 
under agreements to repurchase outstanding with brokers and $1.4 million outstanding with customers. In addition, the Bank has an 
approved broker relationship for the purpose of issuing brokered certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had $8.3 
million of brokered certificates of deposits and none at December 31, 2013. 

Management  continually  monitors  the  liquidity  position  and  believes  that  sufficient  liquidity  exists  to  meet  all  of  our  operating 
requirements. Based on the objectives determined by the Asset and Liability Committee, the Bank’s liquidity levels may be affected 
by  the  use  of  short-term  and  wholesale  borrowings,  and  the  amount  of  public  funds  in  the  deposit  mix.  The  Asset  and  Liability 

Page -32- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Committee is comprised of members of senior management and the Board. Excess short-term liquidity is invested in overnight federal 
funds sold or in an interest earning account at the Federal Reserve. 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS  

In the ordinary course of operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations.  

The following represents contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2014:  

(In thousands) 
Operating leases 
FHLB term advances and repurchase agreements 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Time deposits 
Total contractual obligations outstanding 

Total 
Amounts 
Committed   

Less than 
One Year   

One to 
Three Years   

Four to 
Five Years   

Over Five 
Years 

  $ 

32,358   $ 

3,672   $ 

174,590    
16,002    
141,362    
364,312   $  230,316   $ 

146,771    
—    
79,873    

  $ 

7,066   $ 
11,703    
—    
39,649    
58,418   $ 

5,428   $ 
16,116    
—    
21,840    
43,384   $ 

16,192  
—  
16,002  
—  
32,194  

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

Some  financial  instruments,  such  as  loan  commitments,  credit  lines,  letters  of  credit,  and  overdraft  protection,  are  issued  to  meet 
customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in 
the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit 
loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to 
make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. At December 31, 
2014, the Company had $58.9 million in outstanding loan commitments and $248.3 million in outstanding commitments for various 
lines of credit including unused overdraft lines. The Company also has $1.9 million of standby letters of credit as of December 31, 
2014. See Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loan commitments and standby 
letters of credit.  

CAPITAL RESOURCES  

Stockholders’ equity increased to $175.1 million at December 31, 2014 from $159.5 million at December 31, 2013 as a result of (i) 
undistributed net income; (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and the stock based 
compensation  plan;  (iii)  the  change  in  pension  liability  under  FASB  ASC  715-30,  net  of  deferred  taxes;  (iv)  the  change  in  net 
unrealized appreciation in securities available for sale, net of deferred taxes; (v) the declaration of dividends; and (vi) shares issued in 
connection with the acquisition of FNBNY. The ratio of average stockholders’ equity to average total assets was 8.27% at year-end 
2014 compared to 7.80% at year-end 2013.  

The  Company’s  capital  strength  is  paralleled  by  the  solid  capital  position  of  the  Bank,  as  reflected  in  the  excess  of  its  regulatory 
capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC 
(see  Note  15  of  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements).  Since  2012,  the  Company  has  actively  managed  its  capital 
position  in  response  to  its  growth.  During  this  period,  the  Company  has  raised  $63.2  million  in  capital  through  the  following 
initiatives: 

•  On  December  21,  2012,  the  Company  filed  a  shelf  registration  statement  on  Form  S-3  to  register  up  to  $75  million  of 
securities and a prospectus and prospectus supplement, replacing the previously expired shelf registration statement on Form 
S-3 filed in June 2009. 

•  On October 8, 2013, the Company completed a public offering with net proceeds of $37.5 million in capital from the sale of 
1,926,250 shares of common stock. The purpose of the offering was in part to provide additional capital to Bridge Bancorp to 
support its acquisition of FNBNY Bancorp, Inc. and for general corporate purposes. 

•  On February 14, 2014, the Company issued 240,598 shares of common stock  with  net  proceeds of $5.9 million in capital.  

These shares were issued in connection with the acquisition of FNBNY. 

•  Proceeds of $19.8 million in capital through issuance of common stock through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. 

The Company has the ability to issue additional common stock and/or preferred stock should the need arise.  

The Company had returns on average equity of 7.76%, 9.89%, and 11.78%, and returns on average assets of 0.64%, 0.77%, and 0.88% 
for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013,  and  2012,  respectively.  The  Company  also  utilizes  cash  dividends  and  stock 
repurchases to manage capital levels. In 2014, the Company declared four quarterly cash dividends totaling $10.7 million compared to 

Page -33- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
three  quarterly  cash  dividends  of  $6.8  million  in  2013.  The  dividend  payout  ratios  for  2014  and  2013  were  77.43%  and  51.58%, 
respectively.  The  Company  continues  its  trend  of  uninterrupted  dividends.  On  March  27,  2006,  the  Company  approved  its  stock 
repurchase plan allowing the repurchase of up to 5% of its then current outstanding shares, 309,000 shares. There is no expiration date 
for the share repurchase plan. The Company considers opportunities for stock repurchases carefully. The Company did not repurchase 
any shares in 2014, 2013 or 2012.  

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES  

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  notes  thereto  presented  herein  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  U.S.  generally 
accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars 
without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary effect of inflation on 
the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets 
and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on 
the performance of a financial institution than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. Changes 
in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the 
same direction, or in the same magnitude, as the prices of goods and services. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, which 
are beyond the control of the Company, including the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions and the monetary and 
fiscal policies of the United States government and federal agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank.  

IMPACT OF PROSPECTIVE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS  

For discussion regarding the impact of new accounting standards, refer to Note 1 u) of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from 
adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a 
result of changes in interest rates.  

The  Company’s  primary  earnings  source  is  net  interest  income,  which  is  affected  by  changes  in  the  level  of  interest  rates,  the 
relationship  between  rates,  the  impact  of  interest  rate  fluctuations  on  asset  prepayments,  the  level  and  composition  of  deposits  and 
liabilities, and the credit quality of earning assets. The Company’s objectives in its asset and liability management are to maintain a 
strong,  stable  net interest  margin, to utilize its capital effectively  without taking undue risks, to  maintain adequate liquidity, and to 
reduce vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates.  

The Company’s Asset and Liability Committee evaluates periodically, but at least four times a year, the impact of changes in market 
interest rates on assets and liabilities, net interest margin, capital and liquidity. Risk assessments are governed by policies and limits 
established by senior management, which are reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors at least annually. The economic 
environment continually presents uncertainties as to future interest rate trends. The Asset and Liability Committee regularly utilizes a 
model that projects net interest income based on increasing or decreasing interest rates, in order to be better able to respond to changes 
in interest rates.  

At December 31, 2014, $734.2 million or 91.5% of the Company’s securities had fixed interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect 
the value of the Company’s interest earning assets and in particular its securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates 
inversely  with  changes  in  interest  rates.  Increases  in  interest  rates  could  result  in  decreases  in  the  market  value  of  interest  earning 
assets,  which could adversely affect the  Company’s stockholders’ equity and its results  of operations if  sold. The Company is also 
subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also could affect the type (fixed-
rate or adjustable-rate) and amount of loans originated by the Company and the average life of loans and securities, which can impact 
the yields earned on the Company’s loans and securities. In periods of decreasing interest rates, the average life of loans and securities 
held by the Company may be shortened to the extent increased prepayment activity occurs during such periods which, in turn, may 
result in the investment of funds from such prepayments in lower yielding assets. Under these circumstances the Company is subject 
to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to 
the  rates  on  existing  loans  and  securities.  Additionally,  increases  in  interest  rates  may  result  in  decreasing  loan  prepayments  with 
respect to fixed rate loans (and therefore an increase in the average life of such loans), may result in a decrease in loan demand, and 
make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.  

The Company utilizes the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure to net interest income 
to sustained interest rate changes.  Management routinely monitors simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rolling two-year 
horizon.  The simulation model captures the seasonality of the Company’s deposit flows and the impact of changing interest rates on 
the interest income received and the interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance 
sheet.    This  sensitivity  analysis  is  compared  to  the  asset  and  liability  policy  limits  that  specify  a  maximum  tolerance  level  for  net 

Page -34- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
interest income exposure over a one-year horizon given a 100 and 200 basis point upward shift in interest rates and a 100 basis point 
downward shift in interest rates.  A parallel and pro-rata shift in rates over a twelve-month period is assumed. 

In addition to the above scenarios, the Company considers other, non-parallel rate shifts that would also exert pressure on earnings.  
The current low interest rate environment presents the possibility for a flattening of the yield curve.  This could happen if the FOMC 
began  to  raise  short-term  interest  rates  without  there  being  a  corresponding  rise  in  long-term  rates.    This  would  have  the  effect  of 
raising short-term borrowings costs without allowing longer term assets to reprice higher. 

The following reflects the Company’s net interest income sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2014:  

Change in Interest 
Rates in Basis Points 
(Dollars in thousands) 
200 
100 
Static 
(100) 

Potential Change 
in Future Net 
Interest Income 

  $ Change 

  % Change 

$ 
$ 

$ 

(3,657 ) 
(1,806 ) 
—  
(415 ) 

(5.18 )% 
(2.56 )% 
—  
(0.41 )% 

As noted in the table above, a 200 basis point increase in interest rates is projected to decrease net interest income over the next twelve 
months by 5.18 percent. Our balance sheet sensitivity to such a move in interest rates at December 31, 2014 decreased as compared to 
December 31, 2013 (which was a decrease of 6.60 percent in net interest income over a 12 month period).  This decrease is due to 
several factors which reflect our strategy to lessen our exposure to rising rates.  Over the intervening year, the effective duration (a 
measure of price sensitivity to interest rates) of the bond portfolio decreased from 4.82 to 3.46.  Additionally, the bank has increased 
its use of swaps to extend liabilities. 

The  preceding  sensitivity  analysis  does  not  represent  a  Company  forecast  and  should  not  be  relied  upon  as  being  indicative  of 
expected  operating  results.  These  hypothetical  estimates  are  based  upon  numerous  assumptions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the 
nature  and  timing  of  interest  rate  levels  and  yield  curve  shapes,  prepayments  on  loans  and  securities,  deposit  decay  rates,  pricing 
decisions on loans and deposits, and reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed 
based upon perceived current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive 
nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences may change.  

Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment and 
refinancing  levels  likely  deviating  from  those  assumed,  the  varying  impact  of  interest  rate  change  caps  or  floors  on adjustable  rate 
assets,  the  potential  effect  of  changing  debt  service  levels  on  customers  with  adjustable  rate  loans,  depositor  early  withdrawals, 
prepayment penalties and product preference changes and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis 
does not reflect actions that management might take in responding to, or anticipating changes in interest rates and market conditions. 
Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Interest rate risk is the exposure to 
adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a result of changes in interest rates.  

Page -35- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data  
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

ASSETS 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest earning deposits with banks 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available for sale, at fair value 
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $216,289 and $197,339, respectively) 

Total securities 

Securities, restricted 

Loans held for investment 

Allowance for loan losses 

Loans, net 

Premises and equipment, net 
Accrued interest receivable 
Goodwill 
Core deposit intangible  
Prepaid pension 
Bank owned life insurance 
Other real estate owned 
Other assets 
Total Assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Demand deposits 
Savings, NOW and money market deposits 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 
Other time deposits 

Total deposits 

Federal funds purchased 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Repurchase agreements 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses 
Total Liabilities 

Commitments and Contingencies 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued) 
Common stock, par value $.01 per share: 

Authorized: 20,000,000 shares; 11,651,398 and 11,317,367 shares issued, respectively;  
  11,650,405 and 11,307,607 shares outstanding, respectively 

Surplus 
Retained earnings 
Less: Treasury Stock at cost, 993 and 9,760 shares, respectively 

   Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income tax 
Total Stockholders’ Equity 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Page -36- 

December 31, 
2014 

December 31, 
2013 

  $ 

45,109   $ 
6,621  
51,730  

587,184  
214,927  
802,111  

10,037  

39,997  
5,576  
45,573  

575,179  
201,328  
776,507  

7,034  

1,338,327  

(17,637 )   

1,320,690  

1,013,263  
(16,001 ) 
997,262  

27,983  
5,648  
2,034  
190  
8,585  
10,035  
2,242  
13,653  
  $        2,288,653   $         1,896,746  

32,424  
6,425  
9,450  
842  
4,927  
30,644  
—  
19,373  

  $ 

703,130   $ 
989,287  
83,071  
58,291  
1,833,779  

75,000  
138,327  
36,263  
16,002  
14,164  
2,113,535  

—  

—  

582,938  
855,246  
64,445  
36,450  
1,539,079  

64,000  
98,000  
11,370  
16,002  
8,835  
1,737,286  

—  

—  

117  
118,846  
64,547  

113  
111,377  
61,441  
(235 ) 
172,696  
(13,236 ) 
159,460  
  $         2,288,653   $          1,896,746  

(8,367 )   

175,118  

183,485  

(25 )   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Years Ended December 31, 
Interest income: 

Loans (including fee income) 
Mortgage-backed securities, CMOs and other assets-backed securities 
State and municipal obligations 
U.S. GSE securities 
Corporate bonds 
Deposits with banks 
Other interest and dividend income 

 Total interest income 

Interest expense: 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits 
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 
Other time deposits 
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Junior subordinated debentures 

 Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 

Non-interest income: 

Service charges on deposit accounts 
Fees for other customer services 
Title fee income 
Net securities (losses) gains  
Other operating income 

 Total non-interest income 

Non-interest expense: 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy and equipment 
Technology and communications 
Marketing and advertising 
Professional services 
FDIC assessments 
Acquisition costs and branch restructuring 
Amortization of core deposit intangible 
Cost of extinguishment of debt 
Other operating expenses 

 Total non-interest expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Page -37- 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

57,628  
10,644  
2,735  
2,716  
749  
32  
406  
74,910  

3,223  
767  
426  
588  
1,091  
1,365  
7,460  

67,450  
2,200  
65,250  

3,206  
3,501  
1,662  
(1,090 ) 
887  
8,166  

26,011  
7,712  
3,175  
2,430  
1,537  
1,265  
5,504  
300  
—  
4,480  
52,414  

21,002  
7,239  
13,763  
1.18  
1.18  

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

45,250  
6,956  
2,638  
2,982  
399  
28  
177  
58,430  

3,543  
1,079  
340  
505  
440  
1,365  
7,272  

51,158  
2,350  
48,808  

3,174  
3,295  
1,687  
659  
76  
8,891  

21,532  
5,374  
2,594  
1,864  
1,340  
924  
499  
59  
—  
3,751  
37,937  

19,762  
6,669  
13,093  
1.36  
1.36  

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

40,255  
7,391  
3,126  
2,977  
574  
78  
113  
54,514  

3,738  
1,453  
416  
461  
122  
1,365  
7,555  

46,959  
5,000  
41,959  

3,313  
2,958  
1,635  
2,647  
120  
10,673  

20,705  
4,046  
2,116  
1,590  
1,047  
754  
—  
67  
158  
3,297  
33,780  

18,852  
6,080  
12,772  
1.48  
1.48  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME  
(In thousands)  

Years Ended December 31, 
Net Income 
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
    Change in unrealized net gains (losses) on securities available for sale, 
        net of reclassification and deferred income taxes 
    Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred income taxes 
    Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge, net of deferred income taxes 
            Total other comprehensive (loss) income  
Comprehensive income 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

13,763  

$ 

13,093  

$ 

12,772  

8,687  
(3,348 ) 
(470 ) 
4,869  
18,632  

$ 

(14,732 ) 
1,907  
7  
(12,818 ) 
275  

$ 

(2,996 ) 
256  
(106 ) 
(2,846 ) 
9,926  

$ 

Page -38- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Balance at January 1, 2012 
Net income  
Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan 

(“DRP”) 

Stock awards granted and distributed 
Stock awards forfeited 
Vesting of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Tax effect of stock plans 
Shared based compensation expense 
Cash dividend declared, $1.15 per share 
Other comprehensive (loss), net of deferred income 

taxes 

Common  
Stock 

Surplus 

Retained 
Earnings 

Treasury 
Stock 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

$ 

84  

$ 

52,962  

$ 

52,228  
12,772  

$ 

(715 ) 

$ 

2,428  

$ 

5  

10,502  
(580 ) 
6  

(7 ) 
(18 ) 
1,343  

580  
(6 ) 
(175 ) 
7  

(9,898 ) 

Total 
106,987  
12,772  

10,507  
—  
—  
(175 ) 
—  
(18 ) 
1,343  
(9,898 ) 

(2,846 ) 

(418 )  $ 

(2,846 ) 
118,672  

13,093  
8,660  

37,577  
—  
—  
(291 ) 
4  
21  
1,296  
(6,754 ) 

(12,818 ) 
(13,236 )  $ 

(12,818 ) 
159,460  

13,763  
631  

5,948  
—  
—  
(173 ) 
7  
36  
1,234  
(10,657 ) 

4,869  
(8,367 )  $ 

4,869  
175,118  

Balance at December 31, 2012 

$ 

89  

$ 

64,208  

$ 

55,102  

$ 

(309 ) 

$ 

Net income  
Shares issued under the DRP 
Shares issued in common stock offerings, net of 

offering costs (1,926,250 shares) 
Stock awards granted and distributed 
Stock awards forfeited 
Vesting of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Tax effect of stock plans 
Shared based compensation expense 
Cash dividend declared, $0.69 per share 
Other comprehensive (loss), net of deferred income 

taxes 

4  

19  
1  

8,656  

37,558  
(435 ) 
79  

(6 ) 
21  
1,296  

13,093  

(6,754 ) 

434  
(79 ) 
(291 ) 
10  

Balance at December 31, 2013 

$ 

113  

$ 

111,377  

$ 

61,441  

$ 

(235 ) 

$ 

Net income  
Shares issued under the DRP 
Shares issued in the acquisition of FNBNY Bancorp, 
     net of offering costs (240,598 shares) 
Stock awards granted and distributed 
Stock awards forfeited 
Vesting of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Tax effect of stock plans  
Shared based compensation expense 
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share 
Other comprehensive income, net of deferred income 

taxes 

1  

2  
1  

630  

5,946  
(432 ) 
58  

(3 ) 
36  
1,234  

13,763  

(10,657 ) 

431  
(58 ) 
(173 ) 
10  

Balance at December 31, 2014 

$ 

117  

$ 

118,846  

$ 

64,547  

$ 

(25 ) 

$ 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Page -39- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS  
(In thousands) 

Years Ended December 31, 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

13,763   $ 

13,093   $ 

12,772  

Provision for loan losses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Net amortization on securities  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance 
Amortization of core deposit intangible 
Share based compensation expense 
Net securities losses (gains) 
Increase in accrued interest receivable 
Decrease (increase) in other assets  
(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchases of securities available for sale 
Purchases of securities, restricted 
Purchases of securities held to maturity 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale 
Redemption of securities, restricted 
Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities available for sale  
Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities held to maturity 
Net increase in loans 
Proceeds from loan sale 
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned (“OREO”), net 
Purchase of bank owned life insurance 
Purchase of premises and equipment 
Net cash acquired in business combination 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Net increase in deposits  
Net increase in federal funds purchased 
Net increase in FHLB advances 
Repayment of acquired unsecured debt 
Net increase (decrease) in repurchase agreements  
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock 
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options  
Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock 

awards 

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation 
Cash dividends paid 
Other, net 

Net cash provided by financing activities  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period  

Supplemental Information-Cash Flows: 

Cash paid for: 
Interest  
Income tax 

Noncash investing and financing activities: 
Financing of sale of loans held for sale 
Transfers from portfolio loans to OREO 
Acquisition of noncash assets and liabilities: 

Fair value of assets acquired 
Fair value of liabilities assumed 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  

Page -40- 

2,200  
481  
3,763  
(609 )   
300  
1,234  
1,090  
(777 )   
5,783  
(1,417 )   
25,811  

(342,185 )   
(408,439 )   
(52,464 )   
360,963  
408,036  
80,242  
37,983  
(235,320 )   

—  
2,942  
(20,000 )   
(5,232 )   
2,926  
(170,548 )   

125,300  
11,000  
1,499  
(1,450 )   
24,893  
631  
7  

(173 )   
36  

(10,657 )   
(192 )   

150,894  

2,350  
1,852  
5,168  

(35 )   
59  
1,296  
(659 )   
(212 )   
(1,366 )   
3,483  
25,029  

(333,359 )   
(164,503 )   
(68,251 )   
129,431  
160,447  
130,411  
76,128  
(217,668 )   

—  
218  
(10,000 )   
(4,029 )   
—  

(301,175 )   

129,773  
19,500  
83,000  
—  
(1,020 )   
46,237  
4  

(291 )   
21  
(6,754 )   
—  
270,470  

5,000  
1,271  
5,573  
—  
67  
1,343  
(2,647 ) 
(496 ) 
(2,287 ) 
1,737  
22,333  

(511,979 ) 
(31,355 ) 
(132,304 ) 
151,959  
30,037  
266,095  
89,123  
(185,790 ) 
575  
—  
—  
(3,592 ) 
—  
(327,231 ) 

221,192  
44,500  
15,000  
—  
(4,507 ) 
10,507  
—  

(175 ) 
(18 ) 
(9,898 ) 
—  
276,601  

6,157  
45,573  
51,730   $ 

(5,676 )   
51,249  
45,573   $ 

(28,297 ) 
79,546  
51,249  

7,377   $ 
4,068   $ 

7,194   $ 
5,108   $ 

—   $ 
577   $ 

—   $ 
2,242   $ 

209,022   $ 
213,224   $ 

—   $ 
—   $ 

7,727  
5,260  

1,725  
250  

—  
—  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  is  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York  and  is  a  registered  bank  holding 
company. The Company’s business currently consists of the operations of its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National 
Bank  (the  “Bank”).  The  Bank’s  operations  include  its  real  estate  investment  trust  subsidiary,  Bridgehampton  Community,  Inc. 
(“BCI”), a financial title insurance subsidiary, Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”), and Bridge Financial Services LLC (“Bridge 
Financial Services’), an investment services subsidiary.  

In  addition  to  the  Bank,  the  Company  has  another  subsidiary,  Bridge  Statutory  Capital  Trust  II,  which  was  formed  in  2009.  In 
accordance  with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements.  See Note 8 for a 
further discussion of Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II.  

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and general 
practices  within  the  financial  institution  industry.  The  following  is  a  description  of  the  significant  accounting  policies  that  the 
Company follows in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements.  

a) Basis of Financial Statement Presentation  

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and include the accounts of the 
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.  

The  preparation  of  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  requires  management  to 
make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities as of the date of each consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of income for the years then ended. 
Such estimates are subject to change in the future as additional information becomes available or previously existing circumstances 
are modified. Actual future results could differ significantly from those estimates.  

b) Cash and Cash Equivalents  

For  purposes  of  reporting  cash  flows,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand,  amounts  due  from  banks,  interest  earning 
deposits  with  banks,  and  federal  funds  sold,  which  mature  overnight.  Cash  flows  are  reported  net  for  customer  loan  and  deposit 
transactions, overnight borrowings and federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and repurchase agreements. 

c) Securities 

Debt and equity securities are classified in one of the following categories: (i) “held to maturity” (management has a positive intent 
and ability to hold to maturity),  which are reported at amortized cost, (ii) “available for sale” (all other debt and marketable equity 
securities), which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax, as accumulated other comprehensive 
income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and (iii) “restricted” which represents FHLB, FRB and bankers’ banks stock 
which are reported at cost.  

Premiums  and  discounts  on  securities  are  amortized  to  expense  and  accreted  to  income  over  the  estimated  life  of  the  respective 
securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized upon realization based on the specific 
identification method. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized 
losses.  In  estimating  other-than-temporary  impairment  (“OTTI”),  management  considers  many  factors  including:  (1)  the  length  of 
time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the 
market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more 
than  likely  than  not  will  be  required  to  sell  the  security  before  its  anticipated  recovery.  If  either  of  the  criteria  regarding  intent  or 
requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. 
For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) 
OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) impairment related to other factors, which is 
recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows 
expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether any other than temporary decline exists may involve 
a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.  

d) Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock  

The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  FHLB  system.  Members  are  required  to  own  a  particular  amount  of  stock  based  on  the  level  of 
borrowings  and  other  factors,  and  may  invest  in  additional  amounts.  FHLB  stock  is  carried  at  cost  and  classified  as  a  restricted 

Page -41- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
security,  and  periodically  evaluated  for  impairment  based  on  ultimate  recovery  of  par  value.  Both  cash  and  stock  dividends  are 
reported as income.  

e) Loans, Loan Interest Income Recognition and Loans Held for Sale 

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred origination costs and fees and purchase premiums and discounts. 
Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with loan originations are deferred 
and amortized to income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. When a loan prepays, the remaining unamortized 
net deferred origination fees or costs are recognized in the current year. Interest on loans is credited to income based on the principal 
outstanding  during  the  period.    Past  due  status  is  based  on  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan.  Loans  that  are  90  days  past  due  are 
automatically placed on nonaccrual and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. However, if the 
loan is in the process of collection and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible based upon individual 
loan evaluation assessing such factors as collateral and collectibility, accrued interest will be recognized as earned.  If a payment is 
received when a loan is nonaccrual or a troubled debt restructuring loan is nonaccrual, the payment is applied to the principal balance.  
A performing troubled debt restructuring loan is on accrual status in line with the modified terms.  Loans are returned to accrual status 
when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.  

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the 
scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by 
management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status  and  the  probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest 
payments when due. Loans for which the terms have been modified as a concession to the borrower due to the borrower experiencing 
financial difficulties are considered troubled debt restructurings and are classified as impaired. Loans considered to be troubled debt 
restructurings can be categorized as nonaccrual or performing. The impairment of a loan is measured at the value of expected future 
cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less costs 
to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, the Bank measures impairment of such loans by reference to the fair value of the 
collateral less costs to sell. Loans that experience minor payment delays and payment shortfall generally are not classified as impaired.  

Loans over $50,000 are individually evaluated for impairment.  If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the 
loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if 
repayment is expected solely  from the collateral.  Loans  with balances less than $50,000  are collectively evaluated for impairment, 
and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures. 

Loans that were acquired from the acquisition of First National Bank of New York on February 14, 2014 were initially recorded at fair 
value  with  no carryover of the related allowance  for loan losses.  After acquisition, losses are recognized through  the  allowance for 
loan  losses.  Determining  fair  value  of  the  loans  involves  estimating  the  amount  and  timing  of  expected  principal  and  interest  cash 
flows to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market interest rate. Some of the loans at time of acquisition 
showed evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These loans are considered purchase credit impaired loans. 

For purchased credit impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the 
accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually 
required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. 
The  nonaccretable  discount  represents  estimated  future  credit  losses  expected  to  be  incurred  over  the  life  of  the  loan.  Subsequent 
increases  to  the  expected  cash  flows  result  in  the  reversal  of  a  corresponding  amount  of  the  nonaccretable  discount  which  is  then 
reclassified as accretable discount and recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. 
Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require us to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses. 

Purchased credit impaired loans that met the criteria for nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition may be considered performing 
upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if management can reasonably estimate the timing 
and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if management expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. 
As such, management may no longer consider the loans to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, 
including the impact of any accretable discount.  

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost, or estimated fair value.  Any subsequent declines in fair value below the 
initial carrying value are recorded as a valuation allowance, which is established through a charge to earnings. 

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan classes. 

f) Allowance for Loan Losses  

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio 
on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  loan  growth,  detailed  analyses  of  classified  loans,  repayment  patterns,  delinquency 
status,  past  loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and  various  types  of  concentrations  of  credit.  Additionally,  the  Bank 

Page -42- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
considers  its  credit  administration  and  asset  management  philosophies  and  procedures  and  concentrations  in  the  portfolio  when 
determining  the  allowances  for  each  pool.  The  Bank  evaluates  and  considers  the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s 
evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, 
the  impact  that  economic  and  market  conditions  may  have  on  the  portfolio  as  well  as  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio. 
Finally, the Bank evaluates and considers the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer  group and regulatory agency 
data.  These  evaluations  are  inherently  subjective  because,  even  though  they  are  based  on  objective  data,  it  is  management’s 
interpretation  of  that  data  that  determines  the  amount  of  the  appropriate  allowance.  If  the  evaluations  prove  to  be  incorrect,  the 
allowance  for loan losses  may not be sufficient to cover  probable incurred losses  in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the 
allowance for loan losses. 

The allowance consists of specific and general components.  The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as 
impaired.   

Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance. Based on the 
determination of management and the Credit Risk Committee, the overall level of allowance is periodically adjusted to account for the 
inherent and specific risks  within the entire portfolio. Based on the  Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified  loans and the 
overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2014, management believes the allowance for loan 
losses is adequate.  

A  loan  is  considered  a  potential  charge-off  when  it  is  in  default  of  either  principal  or  interest  for  a  period  of  90,  120  or  180  days, 
depending  upon  the  loan  type,  as  of  the  end  of  the  prior  month.  In  addition  to  delinquency  criteria,  other  triggering  events  may 
include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from 
the sale of collateral.  

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based 
on changes in conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review 
the  Bank’s  allowance  for  loan  losses.  Such  agencies  may  require  the  Bank  to  recognize  additions  to,  or  charge-offs  against,  the 
allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. Refer to Note 3 for further 
details. 

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan segments. 

g) Premises and Equipment  

Buildings, furniture and fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are 
depreciated using the straight-line method using a useful life of fifty years for buildings and a range of two to ten years for equipment, 
computer hardware and software, and furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective 
leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Land is recorded at cost.  

Improvements and major repairs are capitalized, while the cost of ordinary maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged 
to expense.  

h) Bank-Owned Life Insurance 

The  Bank  is  the  owner  and  beneficiary  of  life  insurance  policies  on  certain  employees.    Bank-owned  life  insurance  (“BOLI”)  is 
recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value 
adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement. 

i) Other Real Estate Owned 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, 
establishing a new cost basis.  These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell.  If 
fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense.  Operating costs after acquisition are 
charged to expense as incurred. 

j) Goodwill and other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred 
over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.  Goodwill and intangible assets acquired 
in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life are not amortized, but tested for impairment at 
least annually or more frequently if events and circumstances exist that indicate that a goodwill impairment test should be performed. 
The Company has selected November 30th as the date to perform the annual impairment test.  Intangible assets with definite useful 

Page -43- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values.  Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an 
indefinite life on our balance sheet. 

Other  intangible  assets  consist  of  core  deposit  intangible  assets  arising  from  whole  bank  acquisitions.  They  are  amortized  on  an 
accelerated method over their estimated useful lives of 10 years. 

k) Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments  

Financial  instruments  include  off-balance  sheet  credit  instruments,  such  as  unused  lines  of  credit,  commitments  to  make  loans  and 
commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer-financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, 
before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they are 
funded.  

l) Derivatives 

The Company records cash flow hedges at the inception of the derivative contract based on the Company’s intentions and belief as to 
likely effectiveness as a hedge.  Cash flow hedges represent a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be 
received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability.  For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other 
comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The 
changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash flows of the 
hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings.  Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting are reported currently in earnings, as noninterest income. 

Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the 
item being hedged.  Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest income. 
Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.  

The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective 
and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship.  This documentation includes linking 
cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions.  The 
Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are 
used  are  highly  effective  in  offsetting  changes  in  fair  values  or  cash  flows  of  the  hedged  items.  The  Company  discontinues  hedge 
accounting  when  it  determines  that  the  derivative  is  no  longer  effective  in  offsetting  changes  in  the  fair  value  or  cash  flows  of  the 
hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, a hedged firm commitment 
is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.  

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income.  A cash 
flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were 
accumulated  in  other  comprehensive  income  are  amortized  into  earnings  over  the  same  periods  which  the  hedged  transactions  will 
affect earnings. 

m) Income Taxes  

The  Company  follows  the  asset  and  liability  approach,  which  requires  the  recognition  of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the 
expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, 
computed using enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that a future benefit will be realized. 
It is management’s position, as currently supported by the facts and circumstances, that no valuation allowance is necessary against 
any of the Company’s deferred tax assets.  

In accordance with FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is 
“more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. 
The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax 
positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. There are no such tax positions on the Company’s 
financial statements at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not have 
any amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.  

n) Treasury Stock  

Repurchases of common stock are recorded as treasury stock at cost. Treasury stock is reissued using the first in, first out method.  

Page -44- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
o) Earnings Per Share  

Earnings per share is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 260-10, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based 
Payment  Transactions  Are  Participating  Securities”.  This  ASC  addresses  whether  instruments  granted  in  share-based  payment 
transactions  are  participating  securities  prior  to  vesting  and,  therefore,  need  to  be  included  in  the  earnings  allocation  in  computing 
earnings  per  share  (“EPS”).  Basic  earnings  per  common  share  is  net  income  attributable  to  common  shareholders  divided  by  the 
weighted average  number of  common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share,  which reflects the potential 
dilution  that  could  occur  if  outstanding  stock  options  were  exercised  and  if  junior  subordinated  debentures  were  converted  into 
common  shares,  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  attributable  to  common  shareholders  by  the  weighted  average  number  of 
common shares and common stock equivalents.  

p) Dividends  

Cash available for distribution of dividends to stockholders of the Company is primarily derived from cash and cash equivalents of the 
Company and dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared 
by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year combined with its retained net income of the 
preceding two years. Dividends from the Bank to the Company at January 1, 2015 are limited to $28.8 million which represents the 
Bank’s 2014 retained net income and net retained earnings from the previous two years. During 2014, the Bank did not pay dividends 
to the Company.  

q) Segment Reporting  

While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and 
operations  are  managed  and  financial  performance  is  evaluated  on  a  Company-wide  basis.  Accordingly,  all  of  the  financial  service 
operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.  

r) Stock Based Compensation Plans  

Stock  based  compensation  awards  are  recorded  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  No.  718  and  505,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based 
Compensation” which requires companies to record compensation cost for stock options and stock awards granted to employees in 
return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and awards when granted, and this cost is expensed 
over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options and awards.  

s) Comprehensive Income  

Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments 
by  owners  and  distributions  to  owners.  Other  comprehensive  income  includes  revenues,  expenses,  gains  and  losses  that  under 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  are  included  in  comprehensive  income  but  excluded  from  net  income.  Comprehensive 
income and accumulated other comprehensive income are reported net of deferred income taxes. Accumulated other comprehensive 
income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities, unrealized gains or losses on cash 
flow  hedges  and  changes  in  the  funded  status  of  the  pension  liability.  FASB  ASC  715-30  “Compensation  –  Retirement  Benefits  – 
Defined  Benefit  Plans  –  Pension”  requires  employers  to  recognize  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  a  defined  benefit 
postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the 
year the changes occur through comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income is net of reclassification adjustments for realized 
gains (losses) on sales of available for sale securities. 

t) Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in 
Note  14.  Fair  value  estimates  involve  uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment  regarding  interest  rates,  credit  risk, 
prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market 
conditions could significantly affect the estimates.  

u) New Accounting Standards 

In January 2015,  the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued  Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)  No. 2015-01, 
“Income Statement – Extraordinary and Unusual Items (Subtopic 225-20): Simplifying Income Statement Presentation by eliminating 
the Concept of Extraordinary Items.”  ASU 2015-01 simplifies the income statement presentation requirements in subtopic 225-20 by 
eliminating the concept of extraordinary items.  Extraordinary items are events and transactions that are distinguished by their unusual 
nature  and  by  the  infrequency  of  their  occurrence.  Eliminating  the  extraordinary  classification  simplifies  income  statement 
presentation by altogether removing the concept of extraordinary items from consideration. The amendments in this update become 

Page -45- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
effective for annual periods and interim periods within those periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We are currently evaluating 
the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. 

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-12, “Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Accounting for Share-Based 
payments when the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.”  
ASU 2014-12 amended existing guidance related to the accounting for share-based payments when the terms of an award provide that 
a performance target could be achieved after the requisite service period.  These amendments require that a performance target that 
affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition. The total amount of 
compensation cost recognized during and after the requisite service period should reflect the number of awards that are expected to 
vest  and  should be adjusted to reflect  those awards  that  ultimately  vest.   The requisite  service period ends  when the employee can 
cease rendering service and still be eligible to vest in the award if the performance target is achieved.  The amendments in this update 
become effective for annual periods and interim periods within those periods beginning after December 15, 2015. We are currently 
evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue  from Contracts  with  Customers” creating  FASB Topic 606, Revenue 
from  Contracts  with  Customers.    The  guidance  in  this  update  affects  any  entity  that  either  enters  into  contracts  with  customers  to 
transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of 
other  standards  (for  example,  insurance  contracts  or  lease  contracts).    The  core  principle  of  the  guidance  is  that  an  entity  should 
recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers  in  an amount that reflects the consideration  to 
which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  The guidance provides steps to follow to achieve the 
core  principle.    An  entity  should  disclose  sufficient  information  to  enable  users  of  financial  statements  to  understand  the  nature, 
amount,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  arising  from  contracts  with  customers.    Qualitative  and  quantitative 
information is required about contracts with customers, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from 
the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract.  The amendments in this update become effective for annual periods and interim periods within 
those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the new guidance on the 
consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04, “Receivables – Trouble Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40):  
Reclassification of Residential Real Estate collateralized consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.”  ASU 2014-04 clarifies clarify 
that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential 
real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real 
estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the 
creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the 
amendments in this ASU require interim and annual disclosure of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held 
by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans. Adoption of ASU 2014-04 did not have a material effect on 
the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

v) Reclassifications  

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current period presentation.  

Page -46- 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
2. SECURITIES  

A summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of securities is as follows:  

2014 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

2013 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair 
Value 

  $ 

97,560  
63,583  

$ 

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Available for sale: 

U.S. GSE securities  
State and municipal obligations  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-

backed securities  

U.S. GSE residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations 

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-

backed securities  

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized 

mortgage obligations  

Non Agency commercial mortgage-

backed securities  

Other asset backed securities 
Corporate Bonds 
Total available for sale  

Held to maturity: 

U.S. GSE securities 
State and municipal obligations  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-

backed securities  

U.S. GSE residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations 

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-

backed securities  

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized 

100,931  

261,256  

3,016  

24,179  

—  
24,190  
17,952  
592,667  

11,283  
64,864  

6,667  

59,539  

13,213  

mortgage obligations  

     Corporate Bonds 
Total held to maturity  
Total securities  

36,413  
22,948  
214,927  
  $  807,594  

$ 

4  
318  

534  

310  

—  

44  

—  
—  
161  
1,371  

135  
1,658  

—  

507  

233  

267  
139  
2,939  
4,310  

$ 

(2,139)  
(208)  

$ 

95,425  
63,693  

$  164,278  
62,141  

$ 

(40)  

101,425  

14,609  

(2,967)  

258,599  

285,595  

(71)  

2,945  

3,076  

(141)  

24,082  

26,740  

—  
(1,153 ) 
(135 ) 
(6,854 ) 

(41 ) 
(98 ) 

(97 ) 

—  
23,037  
17,978  
587,184  

11,377  
66,424  

6,570  

(862 ) 

59,184  

(26 ) 

13,420  

3,658  
34,970  
—  
595,067  

11,254  
67,232  

8,001  

68,197  

10,132  

15  
602  

36  

559  

—  

194  

—  
42  
—  
1,448  

—  
863  

—  

537  

—  

$  (11,536)  
(1,087)  

$  152,757  
61,656  

(210)  

14,435  

(6,963)  

  279,191  

(242)  

2,834  

(24)  

26,910  

(80)  
(1,194)  
—  
(21,336)  

3,578  
33,818  
—  
  575,179  

(375)  
(179)  

(312)  

10,879  
67,916  

7,689  

(3,655)  

65,079  

(356)  

9,776  

(431 ) 
(22 ) 
(1,577 ) 
(8,431 ) 

36,249  
23,065  
216,289  
$  803,473  

13,627  
22,885  
201,328  
$  796,395  

$ 

—  
203  
1,603  
3,051  

(706)  
(9)  
(5,592)  
$  (26,928)  

12,921  
23,079  
  197,339  
$  772,518  

$ 

Page -47- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2014 and 2013, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have 
been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 

Available for sale: 

U.S. GSE securities  
State and municipal obligations  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-

backed securities 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations 

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-

backed securities 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized 

mortgage obligations 

Non Agency commercial mortgage-

—  

13,830  

backed securities 

Other asset backed securities 
Corporate Bonds 
Total available for sale 

—  
23,038  
9,865  
    124,180  

Held to maturity: 
    U.S. GSE securities  
    State and municipal obligations  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-

backed securities 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized 

mortgage obligations 

U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-

backed securities 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized 

—  
11,343  

—  

10,422  

—  

2014 

2013 

  Less than 12 months 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
losses 

  Greater than 12 months 
Unrealized 
losses 

Fair 
Value 

Less than 12 months 

Greater than 12 months 

  Fair Value 

Unrealized 
losses 

  Fair Value 

Unrealized 
losses 

  $ 

4,991  
12,330  

$ 

—  

8  
79  

—  

$  90,233  
14,592  

$ 

2,131  
129  

$  128,468  
23,765  

$ 

8,915  
1,046  

$ 

23,966  
966  

$ 

2,621  
41  

1,554  

40  

10,410  

210  

—  

60,126  

349  

  122,179  

2,618  

218,415  

6,476  

12,757  

—  

108  

—  
1,153  
135  
1,832  

2,944  

4,636  

—  
—  
—  
  236,138  

—  
97  

—  

46  

—  

7,414  
202  

6,569  

30,413  

4,188  

71  

33  

—  
—  
—  
5,022  

41  
1  

97  

816  

26  

—  

487 

—  

—  

—  
91  
—  
3,240  

—  
1  

—  

2,834  

4,912  

3,578  
21,144  
—  
413,526  

10,879  
24,079  

7,689  

242  

24  

80  
1,103  
—  
18,096  

375  
178  

312  

—  

—  

—  
2,906  
—  
40,595  

—  
385  

—  

29,570  

2,169  

17,752  

1,486  

9,776  

12,921  
1,993  
96,907  

356  

706  
7  
4,103  

—  

—  
999  
19,136  

$ 

$ 

—  

—  
2  
1,489  

$ 

mortgage obligations 

     Corporate Bonds 
Total held to maturity 

14,392  
3,978  
  $  40,135  

$ 

73  
22  
238  

8,611  
—  
$  57,397  

358  
—  
1,339  

$ 

$ 

Unrealized losses on securities have not been recognized into income, as the losses on these securities would be expected to dissipate 
as they approach their maturity dates. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment periodically and with 
increased frequency when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the 
extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, whether the market 
decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more than likely 
than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company 
may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its entities, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies 
have occurred, and the issuer’s financial condition.  

At  December  31,  2014,  the  majority  of  unrealized  losses  on  available  for  sale  securities  are  related  to  the  Company’s  U.S.  GSE 
residential  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  and  U.S.  GSE  securities.  The  majority  of  unrealized  losses  on  held  to  maturity 
securities  are  related  to  U.S.  GSE  residential  collateralized  mortgage  obligations.    The  decrease  in  fair  value  of  the  U.S.  GSE 
residential collateralized mortgage obligations, and the U.S. GSE securities portfolio is attributable to changes in interest rates and not 
credit quality. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to 
sell  the  securities  before  their  anticipated  recovery.  Therefore,  the  Company  does  not  consider  these  securities  to  be  other-than-
temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014. 

Page -48- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the fair value, amortized cost and maturities of the securities at December 31, 2014. Expected maturities 
will  differ  from  contractual  maturities  because  borrowers  may  have  the  right  to  call  or  prepay  obligations  with  or  without  call  or 
prepayment penalties.  

Within 
One Year 

After One But 
Within Five Years 

After Five But 
Within Ten Years 

After 
Ten Years 

Total 

Fair Value 
Amount 

Amortized 
Cost 
Amount 

Fair Value 
Amount 

Amortized 
Cost 
Amount 

Fair Value 
Amount 

Amortized 
Cost 
Amount 

Fair Value 
Amount 

Amortized 
Cost 
Amount 

Fair Value 
Amount 

Amortized 
Cost 
Amount 

  $ 

201   $ 

197   $ 

8,805   $ 

9,000   $  86,419   $ 

88,363   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

95,425   $ 

97,560 

15,654    

15,574  

27,712  

27,707  

9,518  

9,470  

10,809  

10,832  

63,693  

63,583 

December 31, 2014 
(In thousands) 

Available for sale: 

U.S. GSE securities  
State and municipal 

obligations  

U.S. GSE residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities 

U.S. GSE residential 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations 

U.S. GSE commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities 

U.S. GSE commercial 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations 

Other Asset backed 

securities 
     Corporate Bonds 
Total available for sale  

Held to maturity: 

U. S. GSE securities 
State and municipal 

obligations  

U.S. GSE residential 
mortgage-backed 
securities 

U.S. GSE residential 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations 

U.S. GSE commercial 
mortgage-backed 
securities 

U.S. GSE commercial 

collateralized mortgage 
obligations 
Corporate Bonds 
Total held to maturity  
Total securities  

  $ 

—    

—    

—    

—    

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

4,594  

4,566  

96,831  

96,365  

101,425  

100,931 

—  

—  

258,599  

261,256  

258,599  

261,256 

2,945  

3,016  

—  

—  

2,945  

3,016 

—  

—  

24,082  

24,179  

24,082  

24,179 

—    
—    
15,855    

—  
—  
15,771  

—  
1,001  
37,518  

—  
1,000  
37,707  

—  
16,977  
  120,453  

—  
16,952  
122,367  

23,037  
—  
413,358  

24,190  
—  
416,822  

23,037  
17,978  
587,184  

24,190 
17,952 
592,667 

—    

—  

7,414  

7,455  

3,963  

3,828  

—  

—  

11,377  

11,283 

5,149    

5,139  

11,596  

11,507  

43,309  

42,101  

6,370  

6,117  

66,424  

64,864 

—    

—    

—    

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—    
11,990    
17,139    
32,994   $ 

—  
11,948  
17,087  
32,858   $ 

—  
11,075  
30,085  
67,603   $ 

—  

—  

—  

—  

6,570  

6,667  

6,570  

6,667 

1,041  

1,009  

58,143  

58,530  

59,184  

59,539 

—  

10,073  

9,935  

3,347  

3,278  

13,420  

13,213 

—  
11,000  
29,962  
67,669   $  178,839   $  179,240   $  524,037   $  527,827   $  803,473   $ 

36,249  
—  
110,679  

36,413  
—  
111,005  

36,249  
23,065  
216,289  

—  
—  
58,386  

—  
—  
56,873  

36,413 
22,948 
214,927 
807,594 

There  were  $361.0  million  of  proceeds  on  sales  of  available  for  sale  securities  with  gross  gains  of  approximately  $1.2  million  and 
gross  losses  of  approximately  $2.3  million  realized  in  2014.    There  were  $129.4  million  of  proceeds  on  sales  of  available  for  sale 
securities with gross gains of approximately $1.5 million and gross losses of approximately $0.8 million realized in 2013.  There were 
$152.0 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $3.2 million and gross losses of 
approximately $0.6 million realized in 2012.   

Securities having a fair value of approximately $451.1 million and $397.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were 
pledged to secure public deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank overnight borrowings. The Company did 
not hold any trading securities during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was one issuer, other than U.S. Government and its Sponsored Entities, where the Bank had 
invested  holdings  that  exceeded  10%  of  consolidated  stockholder’s  equity  and  represented  13%  and  14%  of  consolidated 
stockholder’s equity, respectively.   These assets are more than 95% backed by a U.S. Government guarantee. 

Page -49- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3. LOANS  

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Commercial real estate mortgage loans  
Multi-family mortgage loans 
Residential real estate mortgage loans  
Commercial, financial and agricultural loans  
Real estate construction and land loans 
Installment/consumer loans  
Total loans  
Net deferred loan costs and fees  

Allowance for loan losses  
Net loans  

2014 

2013 

$ 

595,397   $  484,900  
107,488  
218,985  
153,417  
156,156  
209,452  
291,743  
46,981  
63,556  
9,287  
10,124  
  1,011,525  
1,335,961  
1,738  
2,366  
  1,013,263  
1,338,327  
(16,001 ) 
$  1,320,690   $  997,262  

(17,637 )   

On  February  14,  2014,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  FNBNY  Bancorp,  Inc.  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary  First 
National Bank of New York (collectively “FNBNY”) resulting in the addition of  $89.7 million of acquired loans recorded at their fair 
value.  There were approximately $64.9 million of acquired FNBNY loans remaining as of December 31, 2014. 

Lending Risk  

The  principal  business  of  the  Bank  is  lending,  primarily  in  commercial  real  estate  mortgage  loans,  multi-family  mortgage  loans, 
residential  real  estate  mortgage  loans,  construction  loans,  home  equity  loans,  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  land  loans  and 
consumer  loans.  The  Bank  considers  its  primary  lending  area  to  be  Nassau  and  Suffolk  Counties  located  on  Long  Island  and  a 
substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are secured by real estate in this area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of such a loan 
portfolio is susceptible to changes in market and economic conditions in this region.  

Commercial Real Estate Mortgages 

Loans  in  this  classification  include  income  producing  investment  properties  and  owner  occupied  real  estate  used  for  business 
purposes. The underlying properties are generally located largely in our primary market area. The cash flows of the income producing 
investment properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, 
will have an effect on credit quality. Generally, management seeks to obtain annual financial information for borrowers with loans in 
excess of $0.25 million in this category. In the case of owner-occupied real estate used for business purposes, a weakened economy 
and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending will have an adverse effect on credit quality. 

Multi-Family Mortgages  

Loans in this classification include income producing residential investment properties of 5 or more families. The loans are usually 
made in areas with limited single family residences generating high demand for these facilities.  Loans are made to established owners 
with a proven and demonstrable record of strong performance. Loans are secured by a first mortgage lien on the subject property with 
a loan to value ratio generally not exceeding 75%. Repayment is derived generally from the rental income generated from the property 
and  maybe  supplemented  by  the  owners’  personal  cash  flow. Credit  risk  arises  with  an  increase  in  vacancy  rates,  property 
mismanagement and the predominance of non-recourse loans that are customary in the industry.   

Residential Real Estate Mortgages and Home Equity Loans  

Loans in these classifications are made to and secured by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the 
credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will 
have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class. The Bank generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater 
than 80% and does not grant subprime loans. 

Commercial, Industrial and Agricultural Loans  

Loans  in  this  classification  are  made  to  businesses.  Generally  these  loans  are  secured  by  assets  of  the  business  and  repayment  is 
expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending will 
have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class. 

Page -50- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate Construction and Land Loans  

Loans in this classification primarily  include land loans to local individuals, contractors  and developers for developing the land for 
sale or for the purpose of making improvements thereon. Repayment is derived primarily from sale of the lots/units including any pre-
sold units. Credit risk is affected by market conditions, time to sell at an adequate price and cost overruns. To a lesser extent this class 
includes commercial development projects that the Company finances, which in most cases require interest only during construction, 
and  then  convert  to  permanent  financing.  Credit  risk  is  affected  by  construction  delays,  cost  overruns,  market  conditions  and  the 
availability of permanent financing; to the extent such permanent financing is not being provided by us. 

Installment and Consumer Loans  

Loans  in  this  classification  may  be  either  secured  or  unsecured  and  repayment  is  dependent  on  the  credit  quality  of  the  individual 
borrower and, if applicable, sale of the collateral securing the loan such as automobiles. Therefore, the overall health of the economy, 
including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class. 

Allowance for Loan Losses  

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  established  and  maintained  through  a  provision  for  loan  losses  based  on  probable  incurred  losses 
inherent  in  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio.  Management  evaluates  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  allowance  is 
comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances. 

The  Bank  monitors  its  entire  loan  portfolio  on  a  regular  basis,  with  consideration  given  to  detailed  analysis  of  classified  loans, 
repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of 
credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.  

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including 
the  procedures  for  impairment  testing  under  FASB  Accounting  Standard  Codification  (“ASC”)  No.  310,  “Receivables”.  Such 
valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, 
considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash 
flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. 
Pursuant  to  our  policy,  loan  losses  must  be  charged-off  in  the  period  the  loans,  or  portions  thereof,  are  deemed  uncollectible. 
Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a 
loan  is  not  reasonably  assured.  These  assumptions  and  judgments  are  also  used  to  determine  the  estimates  of  the  fair  value  of  the 
underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable  market value. Individual valuation 
allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically 
performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the 
overall allowance for loan losses.  

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with 
our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations 
are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, multi-family 
mortgage  loans,  home  equity  loans,  residential  real  estate  mortgages,  commercial  and  industrial  loans,  real  estate  construction  and 
land  loans  and  consumer  loans.    The  determination  of  the  adequacy  of  the  valuation  allowance  is  a  process  that  takes  into 
consideration  a  variety  of  factors.  The  Bank  has  developed  a  range  of  valuation  allowances  necessary  to  adequately  provide  for 
probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio 
as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures when determining the allowances for 
each  pool.  In  addition,  we  evaluate  and  consider  the  credit’s  risk  rating  which  includes  management’s  evaluation  of:  cash  flow, 
collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic 
and  market  conditions  may  have  on  the  portfolio  as  well  as  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio.  Finally,  we  evaluate  and 
consider  the  allowance  ratios  and  coverage  percentages  of  both  peer  group  and  regulatory  agency  data.  These  evaluations  are 
inherently  subjective  because,  even  though  they  are  based  on  objective  data,  it  is  management’s  interpretation  of  that  data  that 
determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be 
sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.  

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance 
is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment 
of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they 
relate  to  the  entire  loan  portfolio  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  management  believes  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  has  been 
established at levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the 
allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material 
change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review 

Page -51- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments 
of the information available to them at the time of their examination.  

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period  

Charge-offs  
Recoveries  
Net charge-offs 
Provision for loan losses charged to operations  
Balance at end of period  

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

16,001  

$ 

14,439  

$ 

10,837  

(824 ) 
260  
(564 ) 
2,200  
17,637  

$ 

(916 ) 
128  
(788 ) 
2,350  
16,001  

$ 

(1,510 ) 
112  
(1,398 ) 
5,000  
14,439  

$ 

The following table represents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment, 
as  defined  under  ASC  310-10,  and  based  on  impairment  method  as  of  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012.  The  loan  segment 
represents the categories that the Bank develops to determine its allowance for loan losses.   

December 31, 2014 
(In thousands) 
Allowance for Loan Losses 
Beginning balance 
   Charge-offs 
   Recoveries 
   Provision 
Ending balance 

Commercial  
Real Estate 
Mortgage Loans 

Multi-family  
Loans 

Residential Real 
Estate 
Mortgage Loans   

Commercial, 
Financial and 
Agricultural 
Loans 

Real Estate 
Construction 
and Land 
Loans 

Installment/ 
Consumer 
Loans 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

6,279   $ 
(461 )  
—    
1,176    
6,994   $ 

1,597   $ 
—  
—  
1,073  
2,670   $ 

2,712   $ 
(257 ) 
170  
(417 ) 
2,208   $ 

4,006   $ 
(104 )   
87    
537    
4,526   $ 

1,206   $ 
—  
—  
(102 ) 
1,104   $ 

201   $ 
(2 )   
3  
(67 )   
135   $ 

16,001  
(824 ) 
260  
2,200  
17,637  

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated         
  $ 
credit quality 

23 

$ 

—   $ 

72   $ 

79   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

174  

6,971 

$ 

2,670   $ 

2,136   $ 

4,447   $ 

1,104   $ 

135   $ 

17,463  

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—  

Loans 

  $ 

595,397   $ 

218,985   $ 

156,156   $ 

291,743   $ 

63,556   $ 

10,124   $ 

1,335,961  

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
(1)
credit quality

  $ 

5,136 

$ 

—   $ 

383   $ 

682   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

6,201  

582,946 

$ 

218,985   $ 

154,897   $ 

286,368   $ 

63,556   $ 

10,124   $ 

1,316,876  

7,315 

$ 

—   $ 

876   $ 

4,693   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

12,884  

 (1) Includes PCI loans acquired on February 14, 2014 from FNBNY        

.   

Page -52- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
December 31, 2013 
(In thousands) 
Allowance for Loan Losses 
Beginning balance 
   Charge-offs 
   Recoveries 
   Provision 
Ending balance 

Commercial Real 
Estate Mortgage 
Loans 

Multi-family  
Loans 

Residential Real 
Estate Mortgage 
Loans 

Commercial, 
Financial and 
Agricultural 
Loans 

Real Estate 
Construction 
and Land Loans 

Installment/ 
Consumer 
Loans 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

4,445   $ 
—    
—    
1,834    
6,279   $ 

1,239   $ 
—  
—  
358  
1,597   $ 

2,803   $ 
(420 ) 
34  
295  
2,712   $ 

4,349   $ 
(420 )   
87    
(10)    
4,006   $ 

1,375   $ 
(23 ) 
2  
(148 ) 
1,206   $ 

228   $ 
(53 )   
5  
21  
201   $ 

14,439  
(916 ) 
128  
2,350  
16,001  

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated         
  $ 
credit quality 

116 

$ 

—   $ 

122   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

238  

6,163 

$ 

1,597   $ 

2,590   $ 

4,006   $ 

1,206   $ 

201   $ 

15,763  

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

—  

Loans 

  $ 

484,900   $ 

107,488   $ 

153,417   $ 

209,452   $ 

46,981   $ 

9,287   $ 

1,011,525  

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment 

  $ 

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
credit quality 

  $ 

December 31, 2012 
(In thousands) 
Allowance for Loan Losses 
Beginning balance 
   Charge-offs 
   Recoveries 
   Provision 
Ending balance 

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment 

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment 

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
credit quality 

Loans 

Ending balance: individually 
evaluated for impairment 

Ending balance: collectively 
evaluated for impairment 

Ending balance: loans 

acquired with deteriorated 
credit quality 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,950 

$ 

—   $ 

2,382   $ 

526   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

8,858  

478,129 

$ 

107,488   $ 

151,035   $ 

208,677   $ 

46,641   $ 

9,287   $ 

1,001,257  

821 

$ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

249   $ 

340   $ 

—   $ 

1,410  

Commercial 
Real Estate 
Mortgage 
Loans 

Multi-family  
Loans 

Residential Real 
Estate Mortgage 
Loans 

Commercial, 
Financial and 
Agricultural 
Loans 

Real Estate 
Construction and 
Land Loans 

Installment/ 
Consumer 
Loans 

Total 

3,530   $ 
—    
—    
915    
4,445   $ 

395   $ 
—  
—  
844  
1,239   $ 

2,280  
(1,210 ) 
7  
1,726  
2,803  

$ 

$ 

2,895   $ 
(285 )   
83  
1,656  
4,349   $ 

1,465  
—  
—  
(90 ) 
1,375  

$ 

$ 

272   $ 
(15 )   
22  
(51 )   
228   $ 

10,837  
(1,510 ) 
112  
5,000  
14,439  

— 

$ 

—   $ 

141  

$ 

228   $ 

—  

$ 

—   $ 

369  

4,445 

$ 

1,239   $ 

2,662  

$ 

4,121   $ 

1,375  

$ 

228   $ 

14,070  

— 

$ 

—   $ 

—  

$ 

—   $ 

—  

$ 

—   $ 

—  

332,782   $ 

66,080   $ 

143,703  

$ 

197,448   $ 

48,632  

$ 

9,167   $ 

797,812  

4,776 

$ 

—   $ 

2,549  

$ 

883   $ 

—  

$ 

—   $ 

8,208  

327,282 

$ 

66,080   $ 

141,154  

$ 

196,350   $ 

48,331  

$ 

9,167   $ 

788,364  

724 

$ 

—   $ 

—  

$ 

215   $ 

301  

$ 

—   $ 

1,240  

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees, net due to immateriality.  

Page -53- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality Indicators 

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt 
including  repayment  patterns,  probable  incurred  losses,  past  loss  experience,  current  economic  conditions,  and  various  types  of 
concentrations of credit. Assigned risk rating grades are continuously updated as new information is obtained. Loans risk rated special 
mention,  substandard  and  doubtful  are  reviewed  on  a  quarterly  basis.  The  Company  uses  the  following  definitions  for  risk  rating 
grades: 

Pass: Loans classified as pass include current loans performing in accordance with contractual terms, pools of homogenous residential 
real estate and installment/consumer loans that are not individually risk rated and loans which exhibit certain risk factors that require 
greater than usual monitoring by management.  

Special  mention:  Loans  classified  as  special  mention,  while  generally  not  delinquent,  have  potential  weaknesses  that  deserve 
management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for 
the loan or in the Bank's credit position at some future date.  

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. 
There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. 

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard loan, and may also be at delinquency status 
and have defined weaknesses based on currently existing facts, conditions and values making collection or liquidation in full highly 
questionable and improbable. 

The following table represents loans by class categorized by internally assigned risk grades: 

December 31, 2014 

(In thousands) 
Commercial real estate: 

    Owner occupied 

    Non-owner occupied 

Multi-family loans 

Residential real estate: 

    First lien 

    Home equity 

Commercial: 

    Secured 

    Unsecured 

Real estate construction and land loans 

Installment/consumer loans 
Total loans 

Pass 

Special Mention 

Substandard 

Doubtful 

Total 

Grades: 

  $ 

243,512   $ 

7,133   $ 

5,963   $ 

—   $ 

256,608  

334,790  

217,855  

88,405  

64,994  

91,007  

191,942  

63,190  

9,921  

171  

202  

—  

212  

621  

4,168  

—  

100  

3,828  

928  

1,613  

932  

2,339  

1,666  

366  

103  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

338,789  

218,985  

90,018  

66,138  

93,967  

197,776  

63,556  

10,124  

  $ 

1,305,616   $ 

12,607   $ 

17,738   $ 

—   $  1,335,961  

At December 31, 2014 there were $0.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of acquired FNBNY loans included in the special 
mention and substandard grades. 

December 31, 2013 
(In thousands) 
Commercial real estate: 
    Owner occupied 
    Non-owner occupied 
Multi-family loans 
Residential real estate: 
    First lien 
    Home equity 
Commercial: 
    Secured 
    Unsecured 
Real estate construction and land loans 
Installment/consumer loans 
Total loans 

Pass 

Special Mention 

Substandard 

Doubtful 

Total 

Grades: 

  $ 

164,502   $ 
291,758  
107,488  

87,288  
60,285  

69,475  
128,655  
46,311  
9,144  
964,906   $ 

Page -54- 

  $ 

11,828   $ 
5,490  
—  

264  
1,014  

4,320  
3,749  
—  
44  
26,709   $ 

7,336   $ 
3,986  
—  

2,847  
1,719  

2,175  
1,078  
670  
99  
19,910   $ 

—   $ 
—  
—  

183,666  
301,234  
107,488  

—  
—  

90,399  
63,018  

—  
75,970  
—  
133,482  
—  
46,981  
9,287  
—  
—   $  1,011,525  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans 

The following  table represents the aging of  the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 
2013 by class of loans, as defined by ASC 310-10: 

December 31, 2014 

(In thousands) 
Commercial real estate: 

    Owner occupied 

    Non-owner occupied 

Multi-family loans 

Residential real estate: 

    First lien 

    Home equity 

Commercial: 

    Secured 

    Unsecured 

Real estate construction and land loans 

Installment/consumer loans 
Total loans 

December 31, 2013 

(In thousands) 
Commercial real estate: 

    Owner occupied 

    Non-owner occupied 

Multi-family loans 

Residential real estate: 

    First lien 

    Home equity 

Commercial: 

    Secured 

    Unsecured 

Real estate construction and land loans 

Installment/consumer loans 
Total loans 

30-59 Days 
Past Due 

60-89 Days 
Past Due 

>90 Days 
Past Due 
And 
Accruing 

  Nonaccrual 
Including 90 
Days or More 
Past Due 

Total Past 
Due and 
Nonaccrual 

Current 

Total Loans  

  $ 

—   $ 

181  

—  

—  

919  

—  
25 

—  
1 

  $ 

1,126 

 $ 

184   $ 
—  
—  

—  
—  

—  

—  

—  

—   $ 
10  

—  

—  

134  

—  

—  

—  

—  
184 

 $ 

—  
144   $ 

595   $ 

10  

—  

143  

374  

—  

222  

—  

3  

1,347   $ 

779   $ 
201  
—  

255,829   $ 
338,588  
218,985  

256,608  

338,789  

218,985  

143  
1,427  

89,875  
64,711  

90,018  

66,138  

93,967  

—  
247  
—  
4  

93,967  
197,529  
63,556  
10,120  
10,124  
2,801   $  1,333,160   $  1,335,961  

197,776  

63,556  

30-59 Days 
Past Due 

60-89 Days 
Past Due 

>90 Days 
Past Due 
And 
Accruing 

  Nonaccrual 
Including 90 
Days or More 
Past Due 

Total Past 
Due and 
Nonaccrual 

Current 

Total Loans   

  $ 

327   $ 

—  

—  

329  

341  

— 

— 

— 

5 

201   $ 
193  
—  

—  
127  

— 

20 

— 

6 

  $ 

1,002 

 $ 

547 

 $ 

1   $ 
—  
—  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  
1   $ 

1,072   $ 

617  

—  

1,286  

767  

58  

21  

—  

—  

3,821   $ 

1,601   $ 
810  
—  

182,065   $ 
300,424  
107,488  

183,666  

301,234  

107,488  

1,615  
1,235  

88,784  
61,783  

90,399  

63,018  

75,970  

58  
41  
—  
11  

75,912  
133,441  
46,981  
9,276  
9,287  
5,371   $  1,006,154   $  1,011,525  

133,482  

46,981  

At December 31, 2014 there were no FNBNY acquired loans that were 30-89 days past due.  All loans 90 days or more past due that 
are still accruing interest represent loans that  were acquired from FNBNY and  were recorded at fair  value upon acquisition. These 
loans are considered to be accruing as management can reasonably estimate future cash flows and expect to fully collect the carrying 
value  of  these  acquired  loans. Therefore,  the  difference  between  the  carrying  value  of  these  loans  and  their  expected  cash  flows  is 
being accreted into income.  

Page -55- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired Loans 

As  of  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  had  impaired  loans  as  defined  by  FASB  ASC  No. 310,  “Receivables”  of 
$6.2 million and $8.9 million, respectively. For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is 
probable  that  the  Bank  will  not  be  able  to  collect  all  amounts  due  according  to  the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan  agreement. 
Management  applies  its  normal  loan  review  procedures  in  making  these  judgments.  Impaired  loans  include  individually  classified 
nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of the loan in 
accordance  with  FASB  ASC  310-10-35-22.    Impairment  is  determined  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows 
discounted  at  the  loan’s  effective  interest  rate.  For  loans  that  are  collateral  dependent,  the  fair  value  of  the  collateral  is  used  to 
determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of 
the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan 
loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the 
fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5.  

The following tables represent impaired loans by class at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

December 31, 2014 

(In thousands) 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial real estate: 

    Owner occupied 

    Non-owner occupied 

Residential real estate: 

    Residential mortgages 

    Home equity 

Commercial: 

    Secured 

    Unsecured 

Total with no related allowance recorded 

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial real estate – Owner occupied 

Commercial real estate – Non-owner occupied 

Residential real estate– Residential mortgages 

Residential real estate – Home equity 

Commercial–Secured 

Commercial–Unsecured 

Total with an allowance recorded 

Total: 

Commercial real estate: 

    Owner occupied 

    Non-owner occupied 

Residential real estate: 

    Residential mortgages 

    Home equity 

Commercial: 

    Secured 

    Unsecured 

Total  

Recorded 
Investment 

Unpaid Principal 
Balance 

Related 
Allocated 
Allowance 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

  $ 

3,562   $ 

1,251  

3,707   $ 

1,568  

—   $ 
—  

143  

169  

345  
—  
5,470  

—  
323  
—  
72  
—  
337  

732  

3,562  

1,574  

143  

241  

345  

337  

231  

377  

345  
—  
6,228  

—  
323  
—  
89  
—  
339  

751  

3,707  

1,891  

231  

466  

345  

339  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

—  
23  
—  
72  
—  
79  

174  

—  
23  

—  
72  

—  
79  

3,974 

 $ 

961 

199 

229 

354 
—     

5,717 

— 
27 
— 
75 
— 
206 

308 

3,974 

988 

199 

304 

354 

206 

  $ 

6,202   $ 

6,979   $ 

174   $ 

6,025 

 $ 

113 

63 

— 
— 

25 
— 
201 

— 
— 
— 
13 
— 
— 
13 

113 

63 

— 
13 

25 
— 
214 

Page -56- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
December 31, 2013 

(In thousands) 

With no related allowance recorded: 

Commercial real estate: 

    Owner occupied 

    Non-owner occupied 

Residential real estate: 

    First lien 

    Home equity 

Commercial: 

    Secured 

    Unsecured 

Total with no related allowance recorded 

With an allowance recorded: 

Commercial real estate – Owner occupied 

Commercial real estate – Non-owner occupied 

Residential real estate – First Lien 

Residential real Estate – Home equity  

Total with an allowance recorded 

Total: 

Commercial real estate: 

    Owner occupied 

    Non-owner occupied 

Residential real estate: 

    First lien 

    Home equity 

Commercial: 

    Secured 

    Unsecured 

Total  

Recorded 
Investment 

Unpaid Principal 
Balance 

Related 
Allocated 
Allowance 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

  $ 

3,696   $ 

3,805   $ 

917  

2,213  

1,046  

352  

—  

8,333  

720  

617  

156  

89  

1,582  

4,525  

1,534  

2,369  

1,135  

—   $ 
—  

3,730 

 $ 

917 

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  

94  

22  

42  

80  

238  

94  

22  

42  

80  

1,482 

633 

450 

232 

7,444 

420 

515 

141 

81 

1,157 

4,150 

1,432 

1,623 

714 

352  
—  
9,915   $ 

—  
—  
238   $ 

450 

232 

8,601 

 $ 

118 

60 

26 
— 

26 

59 

289 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

118 

60 

26 
— 

26 

59 

289 

917  

1,463  

689  

352  

174  

7,291  

720  

617  

152  

78  

1,567  

4,416  

1,534  

1,615  

767  

352  

174  

  $ 

8,858   $ 

Page -57- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
December 31, 2012 

(In thousands) 
With no related allowance recorded: 
Commercial real estate: 

    Owner occupied 

    Non-owner occupied 

Residential real estate: 

    First lien 

    Home equity 

Commercial: 

    Secured 

    Unsecured 

Real estate construction and land loans 

Total with no related allowance recorded 

With an allowance recorded: 
Residential real estate – Home equity 
Commercial - Unsecured  

Total with an allowance recorded 

Total: 
Commercial real estate: 
    Owner occupied 
    Non-owner occupied 
Residential real estate: 
    First lien 
    Home equity 
Commercial: 
    Secured 
    Unsecured 
Real estate construction and land loans 

Total  

Recorded 
Investment  

Unpaid Principal 
Balance 

Related 
Allocated 
Allowance 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest Income 
Recognized 

—   $ 
—  

3,816 

 $ 

916 

  $ 

3,860   $ 

3,931   $ 

916  

1,539  

736  

515  

95  
—  
7,661  

274  
273  

547  

3,860  
916  

1,539  
1,010  

916  

2,151  

1,094  

520  

97  
—  
8,709  

287  
302  

589  

3,931  
916  

2,151  
1,381  

—  
—  

—  
—  
—  
—  

141  
228  

369  

—  
—  

—  
141  

515  
368  
—  
8,208   $ 

520  
399  
—  
9,298   $ 

—  
228  
—  
369   $ 

  $ 

1,484 

768 

281 

42 

2 

7,309 

244 
236 

480 

3,816 
916 

1,484 
1,012 

281 
278 
2 

7,789 

 $ 

116 

61 

35 
— 

14 
— 
— 
226 

— 
— 
— 

116 
61 

35 
— 

14 
— 
— 
226 

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees, net due to immateriality. For purposes 
of this disclosure, the unpaid principal balance is not reduced for partial charge-offs. 

The Bank had no other real estate owned at December 31, 2014 and $2.2 million at December 31, 2013.  

Page -58- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings 

The terms of certain loans were modified and are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). The modification of the terms of 
such  loans  included  one  or  a  combination  of  the  following:  a  reduction  of  the  stated  interest  rate  of  the  loan;  an  extension  of  the 
maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of 
the recorded investment in the loan. The modification of these loans involved a loan to borrowers  who were experiencing financial 
difficulties. 

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed to determine if that borrower 
is  currently  in  payment  default  under  any  of  its  obligations  or  whether  there  is  a  probability  that  the  borrower  will  be  in  payment 
default  on  any  of  its  debt  in  the  foreseeable  future  without  the  modification.  This  evaluation  is  performed  under  the  Company’s 
internal underwriting policy. 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings:  

Years Ended December 31, 

2014 

Pre-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Post-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

2013 
Pre-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Post-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Number of 
Contracts   

Number of 
Contracts 

2012 
Pre-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Post-
Modification 
Outstanding 
Recorded 
Investment 

Number of 
Contracts   

(In thousands) 

Trouble Debt Restructurings    
Commercial real estate: 

  Owner occupied 

  Non-owner occupied 

Residential real estate: 

  Home equity: 

Commercial: 

  Secured 

  Unsecured 

Installment/consumer loans 

—   $ 

1    

—   $ 

323    

—    

323    

1   $ 

1    

720   $ 

620    

720    

620    

1   $ 

—    

163   $ 

—    

160 

— 

1    

127     

127    

—    

—     

—    

—    

—     

— 

Total loans 

4   $ 

582   $ 

—    

1    

1    

—     

127    

5     

—    

127    

5    

582    

—    

1    

—    

—     

33    

—     

—    

33    

—    

1    

1    

—    

387    

42    

—     

3   $ 

1,373   $ 

1,373    

3   $ 

592   $ 

380 

39 

— 

579 

The TDRs described above did not increase the allowance for loan losses during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.   

There  was  a  $0.5  million  charge-off  related  to  a  TDR  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014  and  none  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013.   There were $0.4 million of charge-offs related to TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2012.  There were 
no loans  modified as a TDR  during 2014  for which there  was a payment default  within twelve  months  following the  modification.  
During  2013,  there  was  one  loan  modified  as  a  TDR  for  which  there  was  a  payment  default  within  twelve  months  following  the 
modification and none during 2012.  A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the 
modified terms. The Bank had no commitments to lend additional amounts to loans that were classified as TDRs. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company  had $0.5  million and $2.0  million, respectively of nonaccrual TDR loans and $5.0 
million and $5.1 million, respectively of performing TDRs. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, total nonaccrual TDR loans are secured 
with collateral that has an appraised value of $0.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively.  

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ended December 31, 2014 that did not meet the definition of a TDR. 
These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2014 of $16.7 million. The modification of these loans involved a 
modification of the terms of loans to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties. 

Page -59- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
   
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
   
   
   
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
   
   
   
   
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
   
   
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquired Loans 

Loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Credit discounts are included in the 
determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. 

In  determining  the  acquisition  date  fair  value  of  purchased  loans,  acquired  loans  are  aggregated  into  pools  of  loans  with  common 
characteristics.  Each loan is reviewed at acquisition to determine if it should be accounted for as a loan that has experienced credit 
deterioration and it is probable that at acquisition, the Company will not be able to collect all the contractual principle and interest due 
from the borrower. All loans with evidence of deterioration in credit quality are considered purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans 
unless the loan type is specifically excluded from the scope of ASC 310-30 “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated 
Credit Quality,” such as loans with active revolver features or because management has minimal doubt in the collection of the loan. 
This policy is based on the following general themes;  

1.  The loans were acquired in a business combination; 
2.  The acquisition of the loans will result in recognition of a discount attributable, at least in part, to credit quality; and  
3.  The loans are not subsequently accounted for at fair value  

The Bank  makes an estimate  of the loans’ contractual principal and contractual interest  payments as  well as the total cash  flows  it 
expects  to  collect  from  the  pools  of  loans,  which  includes  undiscounted  expected  principal  and  interest.  The  excess  of  contractual 
amounts  over  the  total  cash  flows  expected  to  be  collected  from  the  loans  is  referred  to  as  non-accretable  difference,  which  is  not 
accreted into income. The excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the fair value of the loans is referred to as accretable 
discount. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the life of the loans. Management has not 
included prepayment assumptions in its modeling of contractual or expected cash flows. The Bank continues to estimate cash flows 
expected to be collected over the life of the loans. Subsequent increases in total cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as 
an adjustment to the accretable yield with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining life of the loans. Subsequent 
decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loans are recognized as impairment in the current period through 
allowance for loan losses. 

A PCI loan may be resolved either through a sale of the loan, by working with the customer and obtaining partial or full repayment, by 
short  sale  of  the  collateral,  or  by  foreclosure.  When  a  loan  accounted  for  in  a  pool  is  resolved,  it  is  removed  from  the  pool  at  its 
carrying  amount.  Any  differences  between  the  amounts  received  and  the  outstanding  balance  are  absorbed  by  the  non-accretable 
difference of the pool.  For loans not accounted for in pools, a gain or loss on resolution would be recognized based on the difference 
between the proceeds received and the carrying amount of the loan.  

Payments received earlier than expected or in excess of expected cash flows from sales or other resolutions may result in the carrying 
value of a pool being reduced to zero even though outstanding contractual balances and expected cash flows remain related to loans in 
the pool. Once the carrying value of a pool is reduced to zero, any future proceeds, which may include cash or real estate acquired in 
foreclosure,  from  the  remaining  loans,  representing  further  realization  of  accretable  yield,  are  recognized  as  interest  income  upon 
receipt.  

At the acquisition date, the purchased credit impaired loans had contractually required principal and interest payments receivable of 
$40.3  million;  expected  cash  flows  of  $28.4  million;  and  a  fair  value  (initial  carrying  amount)  of  $21.8  million.    The  difference 
between the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and the expected cash flows ($11.9 million) represented 
the  non-accretable  difference.   The  difference  between  the  expected  cash  flows  and  fair  value  ($6.6)  million  represented  the  initial 
accretable yield.  At December 31, 2014, the outstanding principal balance and carrying amount of the purchased credit impaired loans 
was $21.5 million and $12.3 million, respectively, with a remaining non-accretable difference of $5.9 million.   

The following table summarizes the activity in the accretable yield for the purchased credit impaired loans:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Balance at beginning of period  
Accretable discount arising from acquisition of PCI loans 
Accretion 
Reclassification from non-accretable difference during the period  
Accretable discount at end of period  

2014 

$ 

$ 

—   
6,580   
(1,598 ) 
3,450   
8,432   

The allowance for loan losses was not increased during the year ended December 31, 2014 for those purchased credit impaired loans 
disclosed above.  In addition, no allowances for loan losses were reversed during 2014. 

Page -60- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related Party Loans 

Certain  directors,  executive  officers,  and  their  related  parties,  including  their  immediate  families  and  companies  in  which  they  are 
principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank during 2014 and 2013.  

The following table sets forth selected information about related party loans at December 31, 2014: 

(In thousands) 
Balance at January 1, 2014 
New loans  
Effective change in related parties  
Advances  
Repayments  
Balance at December 31, 2014 

4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  

Premises and equipment consist of:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Land 
Building and improvements  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  
Leasehold improvements  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization  
Total 

Balance 
Outstanding   

  $ 

  $ 

3,051  
—  
(114)  
15  
(193 ) 
2,759  

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

$ 

7,381  
14,829  
19,134  
11,243  
52,587  

7,362  
14,197  
16,558  
8,065  
46,182  

(20,163 ) 
32,424  

$ 

(18,199 ) 
27,983  

Depreciation and amortization amounted to $2.6 million, $2.0 million and $1.8 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

5. DEPOSITS  

Time Deposits 

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2014:  

(In thousands) 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019  
Thereafter 
Total  

Total 

79,873  
24,445  
15,204  
16,082  
5,680  
78  
141,362  

  $ 

  $ 

The deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $27.6 million and $25.5 
million,  respectively.  Deposits  from  principal  officers,  directors  and  their  affiliates  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013  were 
approximately $2.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively. Public fund deposits at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $336.3 million 
and $310.0 million, respectively.  

Page -61- 

 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
6. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $36.3 million and $11.4 million, respectively, 
and  were  secured  by  U.S.  GSE,  residential  mortgage-backed  securities  and  residential  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  with 
carrying amounts of $40.3 million and $17.5 million, respectively.   

Securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  are  financing  arrangements  with  $11.3  million  maturing  during  the  first  quarter  of 
2015 and $25.0 million maturing during the fourth quarter of 2015. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned 
to the Company. Information concerning the securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Average daily balance during the year  
Average interest rate during the year  
Maximum month-end balance during the year  
Weighted average interest rate at year-end  

7. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES 

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

14,185  

2.71 % 

36,879  

2.67 % 

$ 

$ 

11,770  

3.17 % 

12,903  

3.13 % 

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities and weighted average interest rates of FHLB advances for each of the next 
five years. There are no FHLB advances with contractual maturities after 2018. 

Contractual Maturity 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Overnight 

2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 

Contractual Maturity 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Overnight 

2014 

December 31, 2014 

Amount 

$ 

69,000  

41,508  
11,703  
—  
16,116  
69,327  
138,327  

$ 

Weighted 
Average Rate   

0.32 % 

0.37 % 
0.69  
—  
1.00  
0.57 % 
0.44 % 

December 31, 2013 

Amount 

$ 

58,000  

40,000  
40,000  
98,000  

$ 

Weighted 
Average Rate   

0.40 % 

0.46 % 
0.46 % 
0.42 % 

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances.  The advances were collateralized by 
$385.2 million and $336.6 million of residential and commercial mortgage loans under a blanket lien arrangement at year end 2014 
and 2013, respectively.  Based on this collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Company is eligible to borrow up to 
a total of $686.5 million at year end 2014. 

8. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES 

In  December  2009,  the  Company  completed  the  private  placement  of  $16.0  million  in  aggregate  liquidation  amount  of  8.50% 
cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the "TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS have a 
liquidation  amount  of  $1,000  per  security  and  are  convertible  into  our  common  stock,  at  an  effective  conversion  price  of  $31  per 
share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the Company at par any time after September 30, 2014. 

The Company issued $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) to the trust in exchange for ownership of all 
of  the  common  security  of  the  trust  and  the  proceeds  of  the  preferred  securities  sold  by  the  trust.  In  accordance  with  current 
accounting  guidance, the trust is  not consolidated in the  Company’s  financial statements, but rather the Debentures are shown as a 
liability. The Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on December 31, 2039. Consistent with regulatory 

Page -62- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
requirements, the interest payments may be deferred for up to 5 years, and are cumulative. The Debentures have the same prepayment 
provisions as the TPS.  

The  Debentures  may  be  included  in  Tier  I  capital  (with  certain  limitations  applicable)  under  current  regulatory  guidelines  and 
interpretations. 

9. DERIVATIVES 

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk 

The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of its asset liability management strategy to help manage its interest rate 
risk  position.  The  notional  amount  of  the  interest  rate  swap  does  not  represent  amounts  exchanged  by  the  parties.  The  amount 
exchanged is determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate swap agreements.  

Interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $75.0 million and $50.0 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, 
were  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  of  certain  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  advances  and  repurchase  agreements.    The  swaps  were 
determined  to  be  fully  effective  during  the  periods  presented  and  therefore  no  amount  of  ineffectiveness  has  been  included  in  net 
income.  The aggregate fair value of the swaps is recorded in other assets/(other liabilities) with changes in fair value recorded in other 
comprehensive  income  (loss).  The  amount  included  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  would  be  reclassified  to 
current  earnings  should  the  hedges  no  longer  be  considered  effective.  The  Company  expects  the  hedges  to  remain  fully  effective 
during the remaining term of the swaps. 

Summary information about the interest rate swaps designated as a cash flow hedge as of December 31 is as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Notional amounts 
Weighted average pay rates 
Weighted average receive rates 
Weighted average maturity 
Unrealized (losses) 

$ 

$ 

 2014 

 2013 

75,000  

$ 

1.39 %  
0.24 %  

3.86 years  

(943 )  $ 

50,000  

1.39 % 
0.24 % 

4.56 years  
(164 ) 

Interest  expense  recorded  on  these  swap  transactions  totaled  $470,000  and  $271,000  during  2014  and  2013,  respectively,  and  is 
reported as a component of interest expense on FHLB Advances. 

The following tables present the net gains (losses), net of income tax, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and the 
Consolidated Statements of Income relating to the cash flow derivative instruments for the twelve months ended December 31:  

(In thousands) 
Interest rate contracts 

(In thousands) 
Interest rate contracts 

2014 

Amount of (loss) 
recognized in OCI 
(Effective Portion) 

Amount of (loss) 
reclassified from OCI to 
interest income 

Amount of (loss) 
recognized in other non- 
interest income 
(Ineffective Portion) 

(569 )  $ 

—  

$ 

— 

2013 

Amount of (loss) 
recognized in OCI 
(Effective Portion) 

Amount of (loss) 
reclassified from OCI to 
interest income 

Amount of (loss) 
recognized in other non- 
interest income 
(Ineffective Portion) 

(99 )  $ 

—  

$ 

— 

$ 

$ 

The following table reflects the cash flow hedge included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets: 

As of December 31, 

(In thousands) 
Included in other asset/(liabilities): 
   Interest rate swaps related to FHLB advances 
   Forward starting interest rate swap related to repurchase agreements    
   Forward starting interest rate swap related to FHLB advances  

2014 

2013 

Notional 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

Notional 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

  $ 

40,000   $ 
10,000  
25,000  

(248 )  $ 
(445 )   
(250 )   

40,000   $ 
10,000    
—    

(122 ) 
(42 ) 
—  

Page -63- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
    
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
Non-Designated Hedges 

Derivatives not designated as hedges may be used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements or to provide service 
to customers but do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP.  The Company executes interest rate swaps 
with commercial lending customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  These interest rate swaps with customers 
are  simultaneously  offset  by  interest  rate  swaps  that  the  Company  executes  with  a  third  party  in  order  to  minimize  the  net  risk 
exposure resulting from such transactions. 

On August 21, 2014, the Company entered into four interest-rate swap agreements with a combined notional amount of $11.2 million. 
These interest-rate swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, and therefore changes in fair value are reported in 
current year earnings. 

The following table presents summary information about these interest rate swaps as of December 31: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Notional amounts 
Weighted average pay rates 
Weighted average receive rates 
Weighted average maturity 
Fair value of combined interest rate swaps 

$ 

$ 

 2014 

11,175  

3.28 % 
3.28 % 

9.64 years  
—  

Page -64- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. INCOME TAXES  

The components of income tax expense are as follows:  

Years Ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Current: 

 Federal  
 State  

Deferred: 

 Federal  
 State  

 Income tax expense 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

3,926  
507  
4,433  

2,187  
619  
2,806  
7,239  

$ 

$ 

5,500  
664  
6,164  

403  
102  
505  
6,669  

$ 

$ 

5,660  
582  
6,242  

(229 ) 
67  
(162 ) 
6,080  

The reconciliation of the expected Federal income tax expense at the statutory tax rate to the actual provision follows:  

Years Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Percentage 
of Pre-tax 
Earnings 

  Amount 

Percentage 
of Pre-tax 
Earnings 

  Amount 

Percentage 
of Pre-tax 
Earnings 

  Amount 

Federal income tax expense computed by 

applying the statutory rate to income before 
income taxes  
Tax exempt interest  
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit  
Other  
Income tax expense  

  $ 

  $ 

7,141  
(665 ) 
743  
20  
7,239  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:  

34 %  $ 
(3 ) 
4  
—  
35 %  $ 

6,828  
(740 ) 
502  
79  
6,669  

34 %  $ 
(4 ) 
3  
1  
34 %  $ 

6,479  
(878 ) 
445  
34  
6,080  

34 % 
(5 ) 
2  
1  
32 % 

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan losses  
Net unrealized losses on securities 
Restricted stock awards 
Purchase accounting fair value adjustments 
Net change in pension liability 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Net change in cash flow hedge 
Other 

Total  

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Pension and SERP expense  
Depreciation 
REIT undistributed net income 
Net deferred loan costs and fees 
Other  

Total  
Net deferred tax asset  

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

7,311  
2,177  
1,003  
8,321  
2,985  
2,063  
374  
351  
24,585  

(3,765 ) 
(1,832 ) 
(628 ) 
(981 ) 
(707 ) 
(7,913 ) 
16,672  

$ 

$ 

6,815  
7,895  
815  
666  
781  
426  
65  
379  
17,842  

(3,491 ) 
(1,548 ) 
(707 ) 
(915 ) 
(252 ) 
(6,913 ) 
10,929  

The  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  U.S.  federal  income  tax  as  well  as  income  tax  of  the  State  of  New  York.  The 
Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2011. There are no unrecorded tax benefits and the 
Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized income tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.  

On March 31, 2014, tax legislation was enacted that changed the manner in which financial institutions and their affiliates are taxed in 
New York State. While most of the provisions of this legislation are effective for fiscal years beginning in 2015, the impact of this tax 
law  change  was  immaterial  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements.    In  connection  with  the  acquisitions  of  HSB  and 
FNBNY,  the  Company  acquired  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”)  carryfowards  subject  to  Internal  Revenue  Code  Section  382.    The 

Page -65- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company  has  recorded  a  deferred  tax  asset  that  it  expects  to  realize  within  the  carryfoward  period.    At  December  31,  2014,  the 
remaining NOL carryforward  was $4.9  million.    As part of  management’s annual review of the recoverability of their deferred tax 
assets,  management  decided  to  reset  the  federal  income  tax  rate  that  was  previously  used  from  34%  to  35%.    The  impact  of  this 
change was immaterial to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.   

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS  

a) Pension Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan  

The Bank  maintains a  noncontributory pension plan covering all eligible  employees. The Bank  uses a December 31st  measurement 
date for this plan in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension”. In 
September 2011, the Bank transferred all of the Plan assets out of the New York State Bankers Association Retirement System to the 
new  Trustee,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  During  2012,  the  Company  amended  the  pension  plan  revising  the  formula  for  determining 
benefits effective January 1, 2013, except for certain grandfathered employees. Additionally, new employees hired on or after October 
1, 2012 are not eligible for the pension plan. 

During  2001,  the  Bank  adopted  the  Bridgehampton  National  Bank  Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan  (“SERP”).  The  SERP 
provides benefits to certain employees, as recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and approved by 
the full Board of Directors, whose benefits  under the pension plan are limited by the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue 
Code. The benefit under the SERP is equal to the additional amount the employee would be entitled to under the Pension Plan and the 
401(k) Plan in the absence of such Internal Revenue Code limitations. The assets of the SERP are held in a rabbi trust to maintain the 
tax-deferred status of the plan and are subject to the general, unsecured creditors of the Company. As a result, the assets of the trust 
are reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company.  

Information about changes in obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit plan component 
of the SERP are as follows:  

At December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Change in benefit obligation: 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year  
Service cost  
Interest cost  
Benefits paid and expected expenses  
Assumption changes and other  
Plan amendment 

Benefit obligation at end of year  

Change in plan assets, at fair value: 
Plan assets at beginning of year  
Actual return on plan assets  
Employer contribution  
Benefits paid and actual expenses  

Plan assets at end of year  

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)  

Pension Benefits 

SERP Benefits 

2014 

2013 

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

13,243  
905  
639  
(282 ) 
4,455  
—  
18,960  

21,828  
981  
1,361  
(283 ) 
23,887  

4,927  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

13,107  
931  
564  
(236 ) 
(1,123 ) 
—  
13,243  

17,125  
2,939  
2,000  
(236 ) 
21,828  

8,585  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,919  
132  
88  
(112 ) 
430  
—  
2,457  

—  
—  
112  
(112 ) 
—  

(2,457 ) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,999  
149  
76  
(112 ) 
(193 ) 
—  
1,919  

—  
—  
112  
(112 ) 
—  

(1,919 ) 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, consist of:  

At December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Net actuarial loss 
Prior service cost  
Transition obligation  
Plan amendment 
Net amount recognized  

Pension Benefits 

2014 

2013 

SERP Benefits 

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

7,631  
(869 ) 
—  
—   
6,762  

$ 

$ 

2,559  
(946 ) 
—  
—   
1,613  

$ 

$ 

628  
—  
87  
—  
715  

$ 

$ 

198  
—  
114  
—  
312  

Page -66- 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  was  $16.7  million  and  $1.9  million  for  the  pension  plan  and  the  SERP,  respectively,  as  of 
December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the accumulated benefit obligation was $11.9 million and $1.5 million for the pension 
plan and the SERP, respectively.  
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income 

At December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other 

amounts recognized in Other Comprehensive Income  

Service cost  
Interest cost  
Expected return on plan assets  
Amortization of net loss  
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost  
Amortization of unrecognized transition (asset) obligation  
Net periodic benefit cost (credit) 

Net (gain) loss  
Prior service cost  
Transition obligation  
Amortization of net loss 

Amortization of prior service cost  
Amortization of transition obligation  

Deferred taxes  
Total recognized in other comprehensive income  
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other 

Pension Benefits 

SERP Benefits 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

905  
639  
(1,625 ) 
27  
(77 ) 
—  
(131 )  $ 

$ 

5,099  
—  
—  
(27 ) 

77  
—  
5,149  
(2,044 ) 
3,105  

931  
564  
(1,385 ) 
325  
(77 ) 
—  
358  

$ 

$ 

(2,677 )  $ 
—  
—  
(325 ) 

77 
—  
(2,925 ) 
1,161  
(1,764 ) 

1,131  
508  
(993 ) 
248  
10  
—  
904  

(345 ) 
—  
—  
(248 ) 

(10 ) 
—  
(603 ) 
240  
(363 ) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

132   $ 
88  
—  
—  
—  
28  
248   $ 

430   $ 
—  
—  
—  

—  
(27 ) 
403  
(160 ) 
243  

149   $ 
76  
—  
—  
—  
43  
268   $ 

(193 )  $ 
—  
—  
—  

—  
(43 ) 
(236 ) 
93  
(143 ) 

comprehensive income  

$ 

2,974  

$ 

(1,406 )  $ 

541  

$ 

491   $ 

125   $ 

120  
52  
—  
—  
—  
30  
202  

208  
—  
—  
—  

—  
(30 ) 
178  
(71 ) 
107  

309  

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  into  net  periodic  benefit  cost  over  the  next  fiscal  year  are  $428,000,  $0  and  $77,000, 
respectively. The estimated net loss and unrecognized net transition obligation for the SERP that will be amortized from accumulated 
other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $32,000 and $28,000, respectively.  

Expected Long-Term Rate-of-Return  

The  expected  long-term  rate-of-return  on  plan  assets  reflects  long-term  earnings  expectations  on  existing  plan  assets  and  those 
contributions  expected  to  be  received  during  the  current  plan  year.  In  estimating  that  rate,  appropriate  consideration  was  given  to 
historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Average rates of 
return  over  the  past  1,  3,  5  and  10-year  periods  were  determined  and  subsequently  adjusted  to  reflect  current  capital  market 
assumptions and changes in investment allocations. 

At December 31, 
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to 

Determine Benefit Obligations 

Discount rate  
Rate of compensation increase  
Weighted Average Assumptions Used to 
Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost 

Discount rate  
Rate of compensation increase  
Expected long-term rate of return  

Plan Assets 

Pension Benefits 
2013 

2014 

2012 

2014 

SERP Benefits 
2013 

2012 

3.90 %   
3.00  

4.90 %   
3.00  

4.20 %   
3.00  

3.80 %   
5.00  

4.70 %   
5.00  

3.90 % 
5.00  

4.90 %   
3.00  
7.50  

4.20 %   
3.00  
7.50  

4.53 %   
3.00  
7.50  

4.70 %   
5.00  
—  

3.90 %   
5.00  
—  

3.13 % 
5.00  
—  

The Plan seeks to provide retirement benefits to the employees of the Bank who are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan.  The 
Plan  Assets  are  overseen  by  a  Committee  comprised  of  management,  who  meet  semi-annually,  and  set  the  investment  policy 
guidelines.  

The  Plan’s  overall  investment  strategy  is  to  achieve  a  mix  of  approximately  97%  of  investments  for  long‐term  growth  and  3%  for 
near‐term benefit payments with a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies, and fund managers.  

Page -67- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents consist primarily of short term investment funds.  

Equity securities primarily include investments in common stock, mutual funds, depository receipts and exchange traded funds.  

Fixed  income  securities  include  corporate  bonds,  government  issues,  mortgage  backed  securities,  high  yield  securities  and  mutual 
funds.  

The weighted average expected long term rate-of-return is estimated based on current trends in Plan assets as well as projected future 
rates of return on those assets and reasonable actuarial assumptions based on the guidance provided by ASOP No. 27 for the real and 
nominal rate of investment return for a specific mix of asset classes. The following assumptions were used in determining the long‐
term rate-of-return: 

The long term rate of return considers historical returns for the S&P 500 index and corporate bonds from 1926 to 2014 representing 
cumulative returns of approximately 9.8% and 5%, respectively. These returns  were considered along  with the target  allocations of 
asset categories.  

Effective  August  30,  2011,  the  Plan  revised  its  investment  guidelines.  Except  for  pooled  vehicles  and  mutual  funds,  which  are 
governed by the prospectus and unless expressly authorized by management, the Plan and its investment managers are prohibited from 
purchasing the following investments: 

•  Purchases of letter stock, private placements, or direct payments 

•  Purchases of securities not readily marketable 

•  Pledging or hypothecating securities, except for loans of securities that are fully collateralized 

•  Purchasing or selling derivative securities for speculation or leverage 

• 

Investments by the investment managers in their own securities, their affiliates or subsidiaries (excluding 
money market funds) 

•  Purchases of Bridge Bancorp. stock. 

The target allocations for Plan assets are shown in the table below: 

Asset Category 
Cash Equivalents  
Equity Securities  
Fixed income securities 

Total  

Percentage of Plan Assets  
At December 31, 

Target 
Allocation 
2015 

2014 

2013 

Weighted-
Average 
Expected 
Long-term 
Rate of 
Return 

0 – 5 % 
45 - 65 % 
35 - 55 % 

4.1 % 
62.1 % 
33.8 % 

3.9 % 
59.3 % 
36.8 % 

100.0 % 

100.0 % 

—  
4.9 % 
2.6 % 

7.5 % 

Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit 
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs 
and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which 
the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following: 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the 
measurement date.  

Level  2:  Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities;  quoted 
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.  

Level  3:  Significant  unobservable  inputs  that  reflect  a  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that  market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.  

Page -68- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  instances  in  which  the  inputs  used  to  measure  fair  value  fall  into  different  levels  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  the  fair  value 
measurement  has  been  determined  based  on  the  lowest  level  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement  in  its  entirety. 
Investments valued using the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) are classified as level 2 if the Plan can redeem its investment with the investee 
at the NAV at the measurement date. If the Plan can never redeem the investment with the investee at the NAV, it is considered a level 
3. If the Plan can redeem the investment at the NAV at a future date, the Plan's assessment of the significance of a particular item to 
the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset. 

In accordance with FASB ASC 715-20, the following table represents the Plan’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets measured 
at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Cash and Cash Equivalents 
   Cash 
   Short term investment funds 
Total cash equivalents 
Equities: 
   U.S. Large cap 
   U.S. Mid cap 
   U.S. Small cap 
   International 
Total equities 
Fixed income securities: 
   Government issues 
   Corporate bonds 
   Mortgage backed 
   High yield bonds and bond funds 
Total fixed income securities 
Total Plan Assets 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Cash and Cash Equivalents 
   Cash 
   Short term investment funds 
Total cash equivalents 
Equities: 
   U.S. Large cap 
   U.S. Mid cap 
   U.S. Small cap 
   International 
Total equities 
Fixed income securities: 
   Government issues 
   Corporate bonds 
   Mortgage backed 
   High yield bonds and bond funds 
Total fixed income securities 
Total Plan Assets 

Fair Value Measurements at 
December 31, 2014 Using: 

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs  
(Level 3) 

Carrying 
Value 

15   $ 

964  
979  

9,918  
800  
782  
3,361  
14,861  

1,413  
1,220  
533  
4,881  
8,047  
23,887   $ 

15   $ 
—  
15  

9,919  
800  
782  
3,361  
14,862  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
14,877   $ 

—  
964  
964  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

1,413  
1,220  
533  
4,881  
8,047  
9,011  

Fair Value Measurements at 
December 31, 2013 Using: 

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs  
(Level 3) 

Carrying 
Value 

15   $ 

820  
835  

8,127  
752  
786  
3,290  
12,955  

1,798  
1,453  
753  
4,034  
8,038  
21,828   $ 

15   $ 
—  
15  

8,127  
752  
786  
3,290  
12,955  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
12,970   $ 

—  
820  
820  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  

1,798  
1,453  
753  
4,034  
8,038  
8,858  

Page -69- 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has no minimum required pension contribution due to the overfunded status of the plan. 

Estimated Future Payments 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid as follows:  

Year 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020-2024 

b) 401(k) Plan  

  $ 

Pension and SERP 
Payments 

458,423  
525,218  
585,040  
703,984  
778,075  
5,761,952  

The  Company  provides  a  401(k)  plan  which  covers  substantially  all  current  employees.  Newly  hired  employees  are  automatically 
enrolled  in  the  plan  on  the  90th  day  of  employment,  unless  they  elect  not  to  participate.  Under  the  provisions  of  the  savings  plan, 
employee contributions are partially matched by the Bank with cash contributions. Participants can invest their account balances into 
several investment alternatives. The savings plan does not allow for investment in the Company’s common stock. During the years 
ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012  the  Bank  made  cash  contributions  of  $530,000,  $466,000,  and  $263,000  respectively. 
Effective  on  January  1,  2013,  the  plan  was  amended  to  include  a  discretionary  profit-sharing  component.    The  Company  made  a 
discretionary profit sharing contribution of $247,000 in 2014.  There were no profit-sharing contributions made in 2013. 

c) Equity Incentive Plan  

On May 4, 2012 the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2012 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) was approved by the shareholders to 
provide  for  the  grant  of  stock-based  and  other  incentive  awards  to  officers,  employees  and  directors  of  the  Company.  The  plan 
supersedes  the  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  Equity  Incentive  Plan  that  was  approved  in  2006  (the  “2006  Plan”).  The  number  of  shares  of 
Common  Stock  of  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  available  for  stock-based  awards  under  the  2012  Plan  is  525,000  plus  278,385  shares  that 
were  remaining  under  the  2006  Plan.  Of  the  total  803,385  shares  of  common  stock  approved  for  issuance  under  the  Plan,  667,434 
shares remain available for issuance at December 31, 2014.  

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines awards under the Plan. The Company accounts for this Plan under 
FASB ASC No. 718 and 505.  

Page -70- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Options  

The  fair  value  of  each  option  granted  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  the  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.  No  new 
grants of stock options were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2014 follows: 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Outstanding, January 1, 2014 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Expired 
Outstanding, December 31, 2014 
Vested and Exercisable, December 31, 2014 

Range of Exercise Prices 

Number 
of 
Options 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value 

$ 

45,395  
—  
(2,504 )  $ 
(2,460 )  $ 
(561 )  $ 
$ 
$ 

39,870  
39,870  

25.54  
—  
24.61  
25.25  
24.00  
25.63  
25.63  

1.70 years  
1.70 years  

$ 
$ 

53  
53  

Number 
of 
Options 

34,739  
3,000  
2,131  
39,870  

$ 
$ 
$ 

Exercise 
Price 

25.25  
26.55  
30.60  

The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  for  options  outstanding  and  exercisable  as  of  December  31,  2014  is  the  same  because  all  options  are 
currently vested.  

A summary of activity related to the stock options follows:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Intrinsic value of options exercised 
Cash received from options exercised 
Tax benefit realized from option exercises 
Weighted average fair value of options granted 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

3  
7  
—  
—  

$ 

4  
4  
—  
—  

7  
—  
—  
—  

There was no compensation expense attributable to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 because all 
stock options were vested.  

Restricted Stock Awards 

A summary of the status of the Company’s shares of unvested restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2014 follows:  

Unvested, January 1, 2014 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Unvested, December 31, 2014 

Weighted 
Average Grant-Date 
Fair Value 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

21.18  
25.32  
21.44  
22.33  
22.48  

Shares 
197,599  
80,273  
(27,030 ) 
(2,398 ) 
248,444  

The  2012  Plan  provides  for  issuance  of  restricted  stock  awards.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  the  Company  granted 
restricted  awards  of  80,273  shares.  Of  the  80,273  shares  granted,  53,425  shares  vest  over  approximately  seven  years  with  a  third 
vesting after years five, six and seven, 20,598 shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after years three, four and 
five and 6,250 shares vest ratably over two years. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted restricted stock 
awards of 72,940 shares. Of the 72,940 shares granted, 51,175 shares vest over approximately seven years with a third vesting after 
years five, six and seven, 12,652 shares vest over approximately  five  years  with a third vesting after  years three, four and five and 

Page -71- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,113 shares vest ratably over five years . During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 
21,993 shares. These shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five. Such shares are 
subject to restrictions based on continued service as employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Compensation expense attributable 
to these awards was approximately $1,087,000, $1,152,000 and $1,185,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, 
respectively.  The  total  fair  value  of  shares  vested  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012  was  $579,000, 
$1,065,000 and $1,140,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, there was $3,648,000 of total unrecognized compensation costs 
related to non-vested restricted stock awards granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average 
period of 4.4 years.  

Restricted Stock Units 

In  April  2009,  the  Company  adopted  a  Directors  Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  Under  the  Plan,  independent  directors  may  elect  to 
defer  all  or  a  portion  of  their  annual  retainer  fee  in  the  form  of  restricted  stock  units.  In  addition,  Directors  receive  a  non-election 
retainer in the form of restricted stock units. These restricted stock units vest ratably over one year and have dividend rights but no 
voting rights. In connection with this Plan, the Company recorded expenses of approximately $147,000, $144,000 and $158,000 for 
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  

12. EARNINGS PER SHARE 

FASB ASC 260-10-45 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to 
vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”).  The restricted stock 
awards  and  restricted  stock  units  granted  by  the  Company  contain  non-forfeitable  rights  to  dividends  and  therefore  are  considered 
participating securities.  The two-class method for calculating basic EPS excludes dividends paid to participating securities and any 
undistributed  earnings  attributable  to  participating  securities.  Prior  period  EPS  figures  have  been  presented  in  accordance  with  this 
accounting guidance. 

The following is a reconciliation of earnings per share for December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:  

For the Years Ended December 31, 
(In thousands, except per share data) 
Net Income 
Less: Dividends paid on and earnings allocated to participating securities 
Income attributable to common stock 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, including participating securities 
Less: weighted average participating securities 
Weighted average common shares outstanding 
Basic earnings per common share 

Income attributable to common stock 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 
Weighted average common equivalent shares outstanding 
Weighted average common and equivalent shares outstanding 
Diluted earnings per common share 

2014 

2013 

2012 

  $  13,763   $  13,093  
(329 ) 
(319 )   
  $  13,444   $  12,764  

$  12,772  
(328 ) 
$  12,444  

11,633  

(278 )   

11,355  

  $ 

1.18   $ 

9,622  
(242 ) 
9,380  
1.36  

  8,633  
(223 ) 
  8,410  
1.48  

$ 

  $  13,444   $  12,764  

$  12,444  

11,355  
—  
11,355  

  $ 

1.18   $ 

9,380  
—  
9,380  
1.36  

  8,410  
1  
  8,411  
1.48  

$ 

There were 39,870, 45,395 and 49,362 options outstanding at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively that were not included 
in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise prices  were greater than the average market price of 
common stock and were, therefore, antidilutive. The $16.0 million in convertible trust preferred securities outstanding at December 
31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the assumed conversion of the 
trust preferred securities was antidilutive. 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS  

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  there  are  various  outstanding  commitments  and  contingent  liabilities,  such  as  claims  and  legal 
actions, minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases, guarantees and commitments to extend credit, which 
are  not  reflected  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  No  material  losses  are  anticipated  as  a  result  of  these 
commitments and contingencies.  

Page -72- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
a) Leases  

At December 31, 2014, the Company was obligated to make minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases 
for its premises. Projected minimum rentals under existing leases are as follows:  

Year 
(In thousands) 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
Thereafter 
Total minimum rentals 

  $ 

  $ 

3,672  
3,548  
3,518  
2,902  
2,526  
16,192  
32,358  

Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses which are reflected in the amounts listed above. In addition, certain leases provide for 
additional  payments  based  upon  real  estate  taxes,  interest  and  other  charges.  Certain  leases  contain  renewal  options  which  are  not 
reflected.  Rental  expenses  under  leases  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012  approximated  $3.4  million,  $2.3 
million, and $1.5 million, respectively.  

b) Loan commitments  

Some  financial  instruments,  such  as  loan  commitments,  credit  lines,  letters  of  credit,  and  overdraft  protection,  are  issued  to  meet 
customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in 
the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk of credit 
loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to 
make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.  

The following represents commitments outstanding:  

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Standby letters of credit 
Loan commitments outstanding (1) 
Unused lines of credit 
Total commitments outstanding 

2014 

2013 

$ 

$ 

1,903  
58,930  
248,328  
309,161  

$ 

$ 

3,094  
28,750  
215,798  
247,642  

(1) Of the $58.9 million of loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2014, $13.6 million are fixed rate  
      commitments and $45.3 million are variable rate commitments.  

c) Other  

During 2014, the Bank was required to maintain certain cash balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for reserve and 
clearing requirements. The required cash balance at December 31, 2014 was $1.0 million. During 2014, the Federal Reserve Bank of 
New  York  offered  higher  interest  rates  on  overnight  deposits  compared  to  our  correspondent  banks.  Therefore  the  Bank  invested 
overnight with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the average balance maintained during 2014 was $9.8 million.  

During  2014,  2013  and  2012,  the  Bank  maintained  an  overnight  line  of  credit  with  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  New  York 
(“FHLB”).  The  Bank  has  the  ability  to  borrow  against  its  unencumbered  residential  and  commercial  mortgages  and  investment 
securities  owned  by  the  Bank.  At  December  31,  2014,  the  Bank  had  aggregate  lines  of  credit  of  $295.0  million  with  unaffiliated 
correspondent  banks  to  provide  short-term  credit  for  liquidity  requirements.  Of  these  aggregate  lines  of  credit,  $275.0  million  is 
available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank had $75.0 million of such borrowings outstanding.  

In  March  2001,  the  Bank  entered  into  a  Master  Repurchase  Agreement  with  the  FHLB  whereby  the  FHLB  agrees  to  purchase 
securities from the Bank, upon the Bank’s request, with the simultaneous agreement to sell the same or similar securities back to the 
Bank  at  a  future  date.  Securities  are  limited,  under  the  agreement,  to  government  securities,  securities  issued,  guaranteed  or 
collateralized by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government or any government sponsored enterprise, and non-agency AA 
and  AAA  rated  mortgage-backed  securities.  At  December  31,  2014,  there  was  $686.5  million  available  for  transactions  under  this 
agreement.  

The Bank had $36.3 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2014 (See Note 6).  

Page -73- 

 
 
 
 
   
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. FAIR VALUE  

FASB ASC No. 820-10 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit 
price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on 
the  measurement  date.  FASB  ASC  820-10  also  establishes  a  fair  value  hierarchy  which  requires  an  entity  to  maximize  the  use  of 
observable  inputs  and  minimize  the  use  of  unobservable  inputs  when  measuring  fair  value.  The  standard  describes  three  levels  of 
inputs that may be used to measure fair values: 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the 
measurement date.  

Level  2:  Significant  other  observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices  such  as  quoted  prices  for  similar  assets  or  liabilities;  quoted 
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.  

Level  3:  Significant  unobservable  inputs  that  reflect  a  reporting  entity’s  own  assumptions  about  the  assumptions  that  market 
participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.  

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis  

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:  

Fair Value Measurements at 
December 31, 2014 Using: 

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs  
(Level 3) 

Carrying 
Value 

(In thousands) 
Financial Assets: 
Available for sale securities 
   U.S. GSE securities 
   State and municipal obligations 
   U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities 
   U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage  
   Obligations 
   U.S. GSE Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
   U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage  
   Obligations 
   Other Asset-backed securities 
   Corporate Bonds 
Total available for sale 

Financial Liabilities: 
Derivatives 

$ 

$ 

$ 

95,425  
63,693  
101,425  

258,599 
2,945  

24,082 
23,037  
17,978  
587,184  

   $ 

   $ 

95,425  
63,693  
101,425  

258,599 
2,945  

24,082 
23,037  
17,978  
587,184  

(943 )   

   $ 

(943 )   

Page -74- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at 
December 31, 2013 Using: 

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs  
(Level 3) 

   $ 

   $ 

152,757  
61,656  
14,435  

279,191 
2,834  

26,910 
3,578  
33,818  
575,179  

Carrying 
Value 

152,757  
61,656  
14,435  

279,191 
2,834  

26,910 
3,578  
33,818  
575,179  

(164 )   

   $ 

(164 )   

(In thousands) 
Financial Assets: 
Available for sale securities 
   U.S. GSE securities 
   State and municipal obligations 
   U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities 
   U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage  
   Obligations 
   U.S. GSE Commercial mortgage-backed securities 
   U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage  
   Obligations 
   Non Agency commercial mortgage-backed securities   
   Other Asset backed securities 
Total available for sale 

Financial Liabilities: 
Derivatives 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below: 

Fair Value Measurements at 
December 31, 2014 Using: 

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs  
(Level 3) 

  $ 

558 

Carrying 
Value 

$ 

558  

Fair Value Measurements at 
December 31, 2013 Using: 

Quoted Prices 
In Active 
Markets for 
Identical 
Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs  
(Level 3) 

  $ 

1,329 
2,242 

Carrying 
Value 

$ 

1,329  
2,242  

(In thousands) 
Impaired loans 

(In thousands) 
Impaired loans 
Other real estate owned 

Impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2014, had a carrying amount of $0.5 million, which is made 
up of the outstanding balance of $0.7 million, net of a valuation allowance of $0.2 million. This resulted in an additional provision for 
loan losses of $0.2 million that is included in the amount reported on the income statement. Impaired loans with allocated allowance 
for loan losses at December 31, 2013, had a carrying amount of $1.3 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $1.5 
million, net of a valuation allowance of $0.2 million. This resulted in an additional provision for loan losses of $0.2 million that is 
included in the amount reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Page -75- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There was no Other Real Estate Owned at December 31, 2014.  Other real estate owned at December 31, 2013 had a carrying amount 
of $2.2 million and no valuation allowance recorded.  Accordingly, there was no additional provision for loan losses included in the 
amount reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income. 

The Company used the following method and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments: 

Cash  and  Due  from  Banks  and  Federal  Funds  Sold:  Carrying  amounts  approximate  fair  value,  since  these  instruments  are  either 
payable  on  demand  or  have  short-term  maturities.  Cash  on  hand  and  non-interest  due  from  bank  accounts  are  Level  1  and  interest 
bearing Cash Due from Banks and Federal Funds Sold are Level 2.  

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: The estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally 
recognized  securities  exchanges,  if  available  (Level  1).  For  securities  where  quoted  prices  are  not  available,  fair  value  is  based  on 
matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on 
quoted  prices  for  the  specific  securities  but  rather  by  relying  on  the  securities’  relationship  to  other  benchmark  quoted  securities 
(Level 2).  

Restricted Securities: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB, ACBB and FRB stock due to restrictions placed on its 
transferability.  

Derivatives: Represents an interest rate swap and the estimated fair values are based on valuation models using observable market data 
as of measurement date (Level 2). 

Loans:  The  estimated  fair  values  of  real  estate  mortgage  loans  and  other  loans  receivable  are  based  on  discounted  cash  flow 
calculations  that  use  available  market  benchmarks  when  establishing  discount  factors  for  the  types  of  loans  resulting  in  a  Level  3 
classification. Exceptions may be made for adjustable rate loans (with resets of one year or less), which would be discounted straight 
to  their  rate  index  plus  or  minus  an  appropriate  spread.  All  nonaccrual  loans  are  carried  at  their  current  fair  value.  The  methods 
utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price and therefore, while permissible for presentation 
purposed under ASC 825-10, do not conform to ASC 820-10.  

Impaired  Loans:  For  impaired  loans,  the  Company  evaluates  the  fair  value  of  the  loan  in  accordance  with  current  accounting 
guidance.  For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair 
value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of other real estate owned is also evaluated in 
accordance  with  current  accounting  guidance  and  determined  based  upon  recent  appraised  values.  These  appraisals  may  utilize  a 
single  valuation  approach  or  a  combination  of  approaches  including  comparable  sales  and  the  income  approach.  Adjustments  are 
routinely  made  in  the  appraisal  process  by  the  independent  appraisers  to  adjust  for  differences  between  the  comparable  sales  and 
income data available. Adjustments may relate to location, square footage, condition, amenities, market rate of leases as well as timing 
of comparable sales.  All appraisals undergo a second review process to insure that the methodology employed and the values derived 
are  accurate.  The  fair  value  of  the  loan  is  compared  to  the  carrying  value  to  determine  if  any  write-down  or  specific  reserve  is 
required. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly. 

Appraisals  for  collateral-dependent  impaired  loans  are  performed  by  certified  general  appraisers  (for  commercial  properties)  or 
certified residential appraisers (for residential properties)  whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and  verified by  the 
Company.  Once received, the Credit Administration department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as 
well  as  the  overall  resulting  fair  value  in  comparison  with  independent  data  sources  such  as  recent  market  data  or  industry-wide 
statistics.  On  a  quarterly  basis,  the  Company  compares  the  actual  selling  price  of  collateral  that  has  been  sold  to  the  most  recent 
appraised value to determine what additional adjustment should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value. Management 
also  considers  the  appraisal  values  for  commercial  properties  associated  with  current  loan  origination  activity.    Collectively,  this 
information  is  reviewed  to  help  assess  current  trends  in  commercial  property  values.  For  each  collateral  dependent  impaired  loan, 
management  considers  information  that  relates  to  the  type  of  commercial  property  to  determine  if  such  properties  may  have 
appreciated  or  depreciated  in  value  since  the  date  of  the  most  recent  appraisal.  Adjustments  to  fair  value  are  made  only  when  the 
analysis indicates a probable decline in collateral values. Adjustments made in the appraisal process are not deemed material to the 
overall financial statements given the level of impaired loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.   

Deposits: The estimated fair  value of certificates of deposits are based on discounted cash  flow calculations that  use  a replacement 
cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for certificates of deposits maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification. Stated 
value is fair value for all other deposits resulting in a Level 1 classification.  

Borrowed Funds: The estimated fair value of borrowed funds are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement 
cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for funding maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification.  

Page -76- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures: The estimated fair value is based on estimates using market data for similarly risk weighted items 
and takes into consideration the convertible features of the debentures into common stock of the Company which is an unobservable 
input resulting in a Level 3 classification.  

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair 
value resulting in a Level 1 or 2 classification. 

Off-Balance-Sheet  Liabilities:  The  fair  value  of  off-balance-sheet  commitments  to  extend  credit  is  estimated  using  fees  currently 
charged to enter into similar agreements. The fair value is immaterial as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. 

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such 
estimates are generally subjective in nature and dependent upon a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial 
instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, 
estimates  of  future  cash  flows,  and  relevant  available  market  information.  Changes  in  assumptions  could  significantly  affect  the 
estimates. In addition,  fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated  future business, premiums or discounts that could 
result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, or the tax consequences of 
realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments. 

Page -77- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The estimated fair values and recorded carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:  

Fair Value Measurement at 
December 31, 2014 Using: 

Quoted Prices In 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs  
(Level 3) 

Carrying 
Amount 

Total 

(In thousands) 
Financial Assets: 

Cash and due from banks 

$ 

45,109   $ 

45,109   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

45,109 

Interest bearing deposits with banks 
Securities available for sale 
Securities restricted 
Securities held to maturity 
Loans, net 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial Liabilities: 

Certificates of deposit 
Demand and other deposits 
Federal funds purchased 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Repurchase agreements 
Junior Subordinated Debentures 
Derivatives 
Accrued interest payable 

6,621 
587,184  
10,037  
214,927  
1,320,690  
6,425  

141,362  
1,692,417  
75,000  
138,327  
36,263  
16,002  
943  
308  

— 
—    
n/a    
—    
—    
—    

—    
1,692,417    
75,000    
98,070    
—    
—    
—    
77    

6,621 
587,184    
n/a    
216,289    
—    
2,721    

142,264    
—    
—    
40,165    
36,991    
—    
943    
231    

Fair Value Measurement at 
December 31, 2013 Using: 

— 
—  
n/a  
—  
1,317,625  
3,704  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
16,528  
—  
—  

6,621 
587,184 
n/a 
216,289 
1,317,625 
6,425 

142,264 
1,692,417 
75,000 
138,235 
36,991 
16,528 
943 
308 

(In thousands) 
Financial Assets: 

Quoted Prices In 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets  
(Level 1) 

Significant 
Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
 (Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs  
(Level 3) 

Carrying 
Amount 

Total 

Cash and due from banks 

$ 

39,997   $ 

39,997   $ 

—   $ 

—   $ 

39,997 

Interest bearing deposits with banks 
Securities available for sale 
Securities restricted 
Securities held to maturity 
Loans, net 
Accrued interest receivable 

Financial Liabilities: 

Certificates of deposit 
Demand and other deposits 
Federal funds purchased 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Repurchase agreements 
Junior Subordinated Debentures 
Derivatives 
Accrued interest payable 

5,576 
575,179  
7,034  
201,328  
997,262  
5,648  

100,895  
1,438,184  
64,000  
98,000  
11,370  
16,002  
164  
225  

— 
—    
n/a    
—    
—    
—    

—    
1,438,184    
64,000    
57,994    
—    
—    
—    
76    

5,576 
575,179    
n/a    
197,338    
—    
2,747    

101,509    
—    
—    
40,060    
11,803    
—    
164    
149    

— 
—  
n/a  
—  
1,002,314  
2,901  

—  
—  
—  
—  
—  
15,215  
—  
—  

5,576 
575,179 
n/a 
197,338 
1,002,314 
5,648 

101,509 
1,438,184 
64,000 
98,054 
11,803 
15,215 
164 
225 

Page -78- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
    
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
    
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
  
 
    
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS  

The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  the  federal  banking  agencies. 
Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  result  in  certain  mandatory  and  possibly  additional  discretionary  actions  by 
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital 
adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital 
requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items 
calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classifications also are subject to 
qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum 
amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as 
defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements.  

As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well 
capitalized”  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  To  be  categorized  as  “well  capitalized,”  the  Bank  must 
maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Since that notification, 
there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s category.  

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:  

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Consolidated) 
As of December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2014 

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes 

Actual 

  Amount 

  Ratio 

  Amount 

  Ratio 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
  Ratio 

  Amount 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) 

$  207,340  
189,527  
189,527  

13.0 %  $  127,445  
63,722  
11.9 %   
90,614  
8.4 %   

8.0 %   
4.0 %   
4.0 %   

n/a  
n/a  
n/a  

n/a  
n/a  
n/a  

As of December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2013 

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes 

Actual 

  Amount 

Ratio 

  Amount 

  Ratio 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
  Ratio 

  Amount 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) 

$  202,039  
186,547  
186,547  

16.3 %  $ 
15.1 % 
10.3 % 

99,108  
49,554  
72,476  

8.0 % 
4.0 % 
4.0 % 

n/a  
n/a  
n/a  

n/a  
n/a  
n/a  

Bridgehampton National Bank 
As of December 31, 
(Dollars In thousands) 

2014 

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes 

Actual 

  Amount 

  Ratio 

  Amount 

  Ratio 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
  Ratio 

  Amount 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) 

$  206,633  
188,820  
188,820  

13.0 %  $  127,427  
63,714  
11.9 %   
90,617  
8.3 %   

8.0 %  $  159,284  
95,571  
4.0 %   
113,271  
4.0 %   

10.0 % 
6.0 % 
5.0 % 

As of December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2013 

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes 

Actual 

  Amount 

Ratio 

  Amount 

  Ratio 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
  Ratio 

  Amount 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets) 
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets) 

$  164,494  
149,005  
149,005  

13.3 %  $ 
12.0 % 
8.2 % 

99,084  
49,542  
72,464  

8.0 %  $  123,855  
74,313  
4.0 % 
90,580  
4.0 % 

10.0 % 
6.0 % 
5.0 % 

Page -79- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

Condensed financial information of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company only) follows: 

Condensed Balance Sheets 

December 31, 
(In thousands) 
ASSETS 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Other assets  
Investment in the Bank  

Total Assets  

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Junior subordinated debentures 
Other liabilities  

Total Liabilities  

Total Stockholders’ Equity  

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity  

Condensed Statements of Income  

2014 

2013 

$ 

610  
218  
190,292  
$  191,120  

$ 

16,002  
—  
16,002  

$ 

$ 

$ 

37,364  
299  
137,799  
175,462  

16,002  
—  
16,002  

175,118  
$  191,120  

159,460  
175,462  

$ 

Years ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Interest expense 
Non-interest expense 
Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank  

Income tax benefit  
Loss before equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank  
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank  
Net income  

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

1,365  
86  
(1,451 ) 

(463 ) 
(988 ) 
14,751  
13,763  

$ 

$ 

1,365  
69  
(1,434 ) 

(483 ) 
(951 ) 
14,044  
13,093  

$ 

$ 

1,365  
82  
(1,447 ) 

(466 ) 
(981 ) 
13,753  
12,772  

Page -80- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows  

Years ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) operating activities: 

       Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank  
       Decrease (increase)  in other assets  
       Decrease in other liabilities  
Net cash used in operating activities  

Cash flows from investing activities: 
    Investment in the Bank 
    Cash in lieu of fractional shares for business acquisition 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
    Repayment of acquired unsecured debt 
    Net proceeds from issuance of common stock 
    Net proceeds from exercise of stock options 
    Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting 
        of restricted stock awards 
    Excess tax benefit (expense) from share based compensation 
    Cash dividends paid  
    Other, net 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  

2014 

2013 

2012 

  $  13,763  

$  13,093  

$  12,772  

    (14,751 ) 
81  
(48 ) 
(955 ) 

(14,044 ) 
(100 ) 
(5 ) 
(1,056 ) 

  (13,753 ) 
(7 ) 
(227 ) 
(1,215 ) 

    (24,000 ) 
(1 ) 
    (24,001 ) 

(6,000 ) 
—  
(6,000 ) 

(7,000 ) 
—  
(7,000 ) 

(1,450 ) 
631  
7  

—  
46,237  
4  

—  
  10,507  
—  

(173 ) 
36  
    (10,657 ) 
(192 ) 
    (11,798 ) 

(291 ) 
21  
(6,754 ) 
—  
39,217  

(175 ) 
(18 ) 
(9,898 ) 
—  
416  

    (36,754 ) 
    37,364  
610  
  $ 

32,161  
5,203  
$  37,364  

(7,799 ) 
  13,002  
$  5,203  

Page -81- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
  
 
  
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)  

Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related income tax effects were as follows:  

Years Ended December 31, 
(In thousands) 
Unrealized holding (losses) gains on available for sale securities  
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income  
Income tax effect  
Net change in unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities  

Change in post-retirement obligation  
Income tax effect  
Net change in post-retirement obligation  

Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges 
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income 
Income tax effect 
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedge 

$ 

2014 

2013 

2012 

13,315  
1,090  
(5,718 ) 
8,687  

(5,552 ) 
2,204  
(3,348 ) 

(779 ) 
—  
309  
(470 ) 

$ 

(23,771 )  $ 
(659 ) 
9,698  
(14,732 ) 

(2,321 ) 
(2,647 ) 
1,972  
(2,996 ) 

3,162  
(1,255 ) 
1,907  

12  
—  
(5 ) 
7  

425  
(169 ) 
256  

(176 ) 
—  
70  
(106 ) 

Total  

$ 

4,869  

$ 

(12,818 )  $ 

(2,846 ) 

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income balances, net of income tax: 

Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 
(In thousands) 
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities  
Unrealized (losses) on pension benefits  
Unrealized (losses) on cash flow hedges 
Total  

Balance as of  
January 1, 2014 

Current 
Period  
Change 

Balance as of  
December 31, 2014  

  $ 

  $ 

(11,994 ) $ 
(1,143 )  
(99 )  

(13,236 ) $ 

8,687   $ 
(3,348 )  
(470 )  
4,869   $ 

(3,307 ) 
(4,491 ) 
(569 ) 
(8,367 ) 

The following represents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2014: 

Details about accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 
(In thousands) 
Realized losses on sale of available for sale securities 
Income tax expense 
Net of income tax 

Amount Reclassified 
from Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive 
Income 

Affected Line Item in the 
Consolidated Statements of 
Income 

  $ 

(1,090 )    Net securities losses 
Income tax expense 

433  
(657 ) 

Amortization of defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit 
plan component of the SERP: 
Prior service credit  
Transition obligation 
Actuarial losses 

  $ 

Income tax benefit 
Net of income tax 
Total reclassifications, net of tax 

  $ 

Page -82- 

77  
(28 ) 
(27 ) 
22  
(9 ) 
13  
(644 ) 

 Salaries and employee benefits 
 Salaries and employee benefits 
 Salaries and employee benefits 

 Income tax expense 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   
    
    
  
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following represents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2013: 

Details about accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 
(In thousands) 
Realized gain on sale of available for sale securities 
Income tax expense 
Net of income tax 

Amount Reclassified 
from Accumulated 
Other Comprehensive 
Income 

Affected Line Item in the 
Consolidated Statements of 
Income 

  $ 

  Net securities gains 
Income tax expense 

659  
(262 )   
397  

Amortization of defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit 
plan component of the SERP: 
Prior service credit  
Transition obligation 
Actuarial losses 

  $ 

Income tax benefit 
Net of income tax 
Total reclassifications, net of tax 

  $ 

18. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)   

77  
(28 ) 
(340 ) 
(291 ) 
116  
(175 ) 
222  

 Salaries and employee benefits 
 Salaries and employee benefits 
 Salaries and employee benefits 

 Income tax expense 

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data 

2014 Quarter Ended, 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Interest income  
Interest expense  
Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Non-interest income  
Non-interest expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Income tax expense  
Net income  
Basic earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share  

2013 Quarter Ended, 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Interest income  
Interest expense  
Net interest income  
Provision for loan losses  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses  
Non-interest income  
Non-interest expenses  
Income before income taxes  
Income tax expense  
Net income  
Basic earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share  

  March 31,  

June 30,  

September 30,   December 31,  

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

17,358  
1,822  
15,536  
700  
14,836  

802 (1) 
15,013 (2) 
625  
219  
406  
0.04  
0.04  

March 31,  

13,731  
1,803  
11,928  
550  
11,378  
2,104  
8,908  
4,574  
1,461  
3,113  
0.35  
0.35  

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

18,730   $ 
1,915  
16,815  
500  
16,315  
2,292  
12,124 (3)   
6,483  
2,165  
4,318   $ 
0.37   $ 
0.37   $ 

19,219   $ 
1,857  
17,362  
500  
16,862  
2,562  
12,094  
7,330  
2,459  
4,871   $ 
0.42   $ 
0.42   $ 

19,603  
1,866  
17,737  
500  
17,237  
2,510  
13,183 (4) 
6,564  
2,396  
4,168  
0.36  
0.36  

June 30,  

September 30,   December 31,  

14,108   $ 
1,802  
12,306  
600  
11,706  
2,468  
9,355  
4,819  
1,567  
3,252   $ 
0.36   $ 
0.36   $ 

14,913   $ 
1,865  
13,048  
500  
12,548  
2,060  
9,861  
4,747  
1,624  
3,123   $ 
0.34   $ 
0.34   $ 

15,678  
1,802  
13,876  
700  
13,176  
2,259  
9,813  
5,622  
2,017  
3,605  
0.32  
0.32  

(1)  Non-interest income includes net securities losses of $1.1 million. 
(2)  Non-interest expense includes costs associated with the FNBNY acquisition and branch restructuring of $4.4 million. 
(3)  Non-interest expense includes costs associated with the FNBNY acquisition of $0.3 million. 
(4)  Non-interest expense includes costs associated with the CNB acquisition of $0.8 million. 

Page -83- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
19.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS – (*denotes that amount is unaudited) 

On February 14, 2014, the Company acquired FNBNY resulting in the addition of total acquired assets on a fair value basis of $211.9 
million, with loans of $89.7 million, investment securities of $103.2 million and deposits of $169.9 million.  The transaction expanded 
our  geographic  footprint  into  Nassau  County,  complements  our  existing  branch  network  and  enhances  our  asset  generation 
capabilities.  The  expanded  branch  network  allows  us  to  serve  a  greater  portion  of  the  Long  Island  and  metropolitan  marketplace 
through a network of 29 branches. 

Under  the  terms  of  the  Agreement,  the  Company  acquired  FNBNY  at  a  purchase  price  of  $6.1  million  and  issued  an  aggregate  of 
240,598 Bridge Bancorp shares in exchange for all the issued and outstanding stock of FNBNY and recorded goodwill of $7.4 million 
which is not deductible for tax purposes.  The purchase price is subject to certain post-closing adjustments equal to 60 percent of the 
net recoveries of principal on $6.3 million of certain identified problem loans over a two-year period after the acquisition.  Based on 
current assumptions, the Company has not recorded an estimated liability as of the acquisition date and December 31, 2014 associated 
with these post-closing adjustments. 

The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  under  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  in  accordance  with  FASB  ASC  805,  “Business 
Combinations.” Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, 
and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value.  The operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 
2014 include the operating results of FNBNY  since the acquisition date of February 14, 2014. The following table summarizes the 
finalized fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on February 14, 2014: 

(In thousands) 
(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest earning deposits with banks 
Securities 
Loans 
Premises and equipment 
Core deposit intangible 
Other assets 
Total Assets Acquired 

Deposits 
Federal Home Loan Bank term advances 
Unsecured debt 
Other liabilities and accrued expenses 
Total Liabilities Assumed 

Net Assets Acquired/(Liabilities Assumed) 
Consideration Paid 
Goodwill Recorded on Acquisition 

As Initially 
Reported 

Measurement Period 
Adjustments 

As Adjusted 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

1,883  
1,044  
103,192  
87,390  
1,787  
1,930  
12,682  
209,908  

169,873  
39,282  
1,450  
1,825  
212,430  

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(2,522 )   
6,140  
8,662  

  $ 

—     $ 
—    
—    
2,324    
—    
(979 )  
696    
2,041     $ 

—    
—    
—    
795    
795     $ 

1,246    
—    
(1,246 )   $ 

1,883  
1,044  
103,192  
89,714  
1,787  
951  
13,378  
211,949  

169,873  
39,282  
1,450  
2,620  
213,225  

(1,276 ) 
6,140  
7,416  

On  December  14,  2014,  the  Company,  the  Bank  and  Community  National  Bank  (“CNB”)  entered  into  an  Agreement  and  Plan  of 
Merger (the “merger agreement”) pursuant to which Bridge Bancorp will acquire, in an all stock merger, CNB through the merger of 
CNB  with  and  into  The  Bridgehampton  National  Bank.    CNB  currently  operates  11*  branches  in  Nassau,  Suffolk,  Queens  and 
Manhattan Counties with total assets of $951* million, including $761* million in loans, funded by deposits of $829* million.  Under 
the terms of the merger agreement, each outstanding share of CNB common stock will be converted into the right to receive 0.79* of a 
share  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.    Based  on  the  Company’s  closing  stock  price  on  December  12,  2014  of  $25.35*,  the 
transaction implies a per share value of $20.03* and an aggregate estimated value of $141* million. The proposed merger is subject to 
customary  closing  conditions,  including  the  receipt  of  regulatory  approvals  and  approval  by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  and 
CNB.  The  merger  is  currently  expected  to  be  completed  in  the  second  quarter  of  2015.    The  Company  will  file  a  Registration 
Statement  on  Form  S-4  subsequent  to  the  filing  of  the  annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  that  will  include  historical  and  pro  forma 
information regarding CNB and the Company which is required in connection with the merger. 

Page -84- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Audit Committee 
Board of Directors 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 
Bridgehampton, New York  

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the 
related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive  income,  stockholders’ equity  and cash  flows  for each of the  years in the 
three-year period ended December 31, 2014. We also have audited Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as 
of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.’s  management  is  responsible  for  these 
consolidated  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting located in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.  

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating 
effectiveness  of  internal  control,  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.  

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the 
three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2014  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of 
America.  Also  in  our  opinion,  Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2014,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

New York, New York  
March 16, 2015 

Crowe Horwath LLP 

Page -85- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None.  

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures  

Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Principal 
Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer,  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  the  Company’s  disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of 
December 31, 2014. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded 
that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by the annual report.  

Report by Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  an  effective  system  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  The 
Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the 
possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over 
financial  reporting  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial  statement  preparation.  Projections  of  any 
evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risks  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in 
conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. This assessment was based 
on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued 
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as 
of December 31, 2014, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.  

The Company’s independent  registered public accounting  firm that audited the financial statements that are  included  in this annual 
report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report 
of Crowe Horwath LLP appears on the previous page.  

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2014, that 
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Item 9B. Other Information  

None.  

PART III  

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance  

“Item  1  –  Election  of  Directors,”  “Compliance  with  Section  16  (a)  of  the  Exchange  Act,”  and  “Code  of  Ethics”  set  forth  in  the 
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2015, are incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 11. Executive Compensation  

“Compensation  of  Directors,”  “Compensation  of  Executive  Officers,”  “Report  of  the  Compensation  Committee  on  Executive 
Compensation,”  “Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  and  “Employment  Contracts  and  Severance 
Agreements” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the  Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2015, are 
incorporated herein by reference.  

Page -86- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item  12.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder 
Matters 

“Beneficial Ownership” and “Item 1 – Election of Directors”, set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2015, are incorporated herein by reference.  

Set forth below is certain information as of December 31, 2014, regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans that have been 
approved by stockholders.  

Equity Compensation 
Plan approved by 
Stockholders 

Number of securities to 
be Issued upon 
Exercise 
of outstanding options 
and awards 

Weighted Average 
Exercise Price with 
respect to 
Outstanding 
Stock Options 

Number of Securities 
Remaining Available 
for 

Issuance under the Plan   

1996 Equity Incentive Plan 

5,131 

   $ 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan 

154,701 

   $ 

2012 Equity Incentive Plan 

161,671 

Total 

321,503 

   $ 

28.23 

25.25 

— 

25.63 

—   

—   

667,434   

667,434   

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, and “Director Nominations” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2015 is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services  

“Item 2 - Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” “Fees Paid to Crowe Horwath,” and 
“Policy on Audit Committee Pre-approval of Audit and Non-audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” set 
forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 8, 2015, is incorporated herein by 
reference.  

PART IV  

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

(a) The  following  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  including  notes  thereto,  and  financial  schedules  of  the  Company,  required  in 
response to this item are included in Part II, Item 8.  

1. 

Financial Statements 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

2. 

Financial Statement Schedules 

  Page No. 

36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
84 

Financial  Statement  Schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  not  applicable  or  the  required  information  is  shown  in  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”  

3. 

Exhibits.  

            See Index of Exhibits on page 89. 

Page -87- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC. 
Registrant 

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor 
Kevin M. O’Connor 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Howard H. Nolan 
Howard H. Nolan 
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial  
Officer  

/s/ Lisa A. DiIorio 
Lisa A. DiIorio 
Vice President, Principal Accounting Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 
on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

March 16, 2015 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

,Director 

/s/ Marcia Z. Hefter 
Marcia Z. Hefter 

/s/ Dennis A. Suskind 
Dennis A. Suskind 

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor 
Kevin M. O’Connor 

/s/ Emanuel Arturi 
Emanuel Arturi 

/s/ Charles I. Massoud 
Charles I. Massoud 

/s/ Albert E. McCoy Jr. 
Albert E. McCoy Jr. 

/s/ Howard H. Nolan 
Howard H. Nolan 

/s/ Rudolph J. Santoro 
Rudolph J. Santoro 

/s/ Thomas J. Tobin 
Thomas J. Tobin 

/s/ Raymond A. Nielsen 
Raymond A. Nielsen 

Page -88- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit Number 

  Description of Exhibit 

Exhibit 

3.1 

3.1(i) 

3.1(ii) 

3.2 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

23 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

101 

101.INS 
101.SCH 
101.CAL 
101.LAB 
101.PRE 
101.DEF 

Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s 
amended Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed October 15, 1990) 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated 
by reference to Registrant’s Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed August 13, 1999) 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated 
by reference to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 0-18546, filed November 
18, 2008) 

Revised By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File 
No. 1-34096, filed July 3, 2013) 

  Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan (incorporated by reference 

to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed June 27, 2012) 

Employment Contract – Kevin M. O’Connor (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 
8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007) 

Form of Change in Control Agreement entered into with Messrs. McCaffery, Manseau and 
Santacroce 

Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form S-8, File No. 0-18546, 
filed August 14, 2006) 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised for 409A) (incorporated by reference to 
Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 14, 2008) 

  Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Bridge Bancorp, Inc., The Bridgehampton 
National Bank and Community National Bank (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s 
Form 8-K, File No. 001-34096, filed December 18, 2014) 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

* 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-
14(b) and U.S.C. Section 1350 

The following financial statements from Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for  the  Year  Ended  December 31,  2014,  filed  on  March  16,  2015,  formatted  in  XBRL: 
(i) Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  as  of  December 31,  2014  and  December 31,  2013, 
(ii) Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for  the  Years  Ended  December 31,  2014,  2013  and 
2012, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 
31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years 
Ended  December 31,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  (v) Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for 
the  Years  Ended  December 31,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  and  (vi) the  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 
  XBRL Instance Document 
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document 
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document 

* 

Denotes incorporated by reference. 

Page -89- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Registration  Statements  on  Form  S-3  and  S-8  (File  Numbers:  333-136600,  333-
185646, 333-199123 and 333-187262) of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 16, 2015 with respect to the consolidated 
financial statements of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which report appears in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

New York, New York  
March 16, 2015  

Crowe Horwath LLP  

Page -90- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1  

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A)  

I, Kevin M. O’Connor, certify that:  

1) 

2) 

3) 

4) 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.;  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report;  

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;  

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles;  

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and  

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting;  

5) 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  

a)  

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and  

b) 

       any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Date: March 16, 2015  

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor  
Kevin M. O’Connor  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

Page -91- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
EXHIBIT 31.2 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A)  

I, Howard H. Nolan, certify that:  

1) 

2) 

3) 

4) 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.;  

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report;  

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  and  cash  flows  of  the  registrant  as  of,  and  for,  the  periods 
presented in this report;  

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:  

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report 
is being prepared;  

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles;  

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this report based on such evaluation; and  

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during 
the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that 
has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting;  

5) 

The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer  and  I  have  disclosed,  based  on  our  most  recent  evaluation  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions):  

a)  

b)  

all  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and 
report financial information; and  

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 16, 2015 

/s/ Howard H. Nolan  
Howard H. Nolan  
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  

Page -92- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) 
and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of 
the  Exchange  Act  or  otherwise  subject  to  the  liability  of  that  section.  This  certification  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  incorporated  by 
reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise stated in such filing.  

EXHIBIT 32.1  

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(B) 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  

As adopted pursuant to  

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002  

In connection with the Annual Report of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 
as filed  with  the  Securities and Exchange  Commission on  March 16, 2015, (the “Report”),  we, Kevin M. O’Connor, President and 
Chief Executive Officer of the Company and, Howard H. Nolan, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the 
Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 
that: 

(1) 

(2) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended; and  

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company.  

Date: March 16, 2015 

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor  
Kevin M. O’Connor  
President and Chief Executive Officer  

/s/ Howard H. Nolan  
Howard H. Nolan  
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and will be retained by 
Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.  

Page -93- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Information

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Marcia Z. Hefter
Chairperson
Dennis A. Suskind
Vice Chairperson
Kevin M. O’Connor
Emanuel Arturi
Charles I. Massoud
Albert E. McCoy, Jr.
Raymond A. Nielsen
Howard H. Nolan, CPA
Rudolph J. Santoro
Thomas J. Tobin

COMPANY OFFICERS
Kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

Howard H. Nolan, CPA
Sr. Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and
Corporate Secretary

BRIDGEHAMPTON
NATIONAL BANK

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

Howard H. Nolan, CPA
Sr. Executive Vice President,
Chief Administrative and
Financial Officer

James J. Manseau
Executive Vice President,
Chief Retail Banking Officer

John M. McCaffery
Executive Vice President,
Treasurer

Kevin L. Santacroce
Executive Vice President,
Chief Lending Officer

SENIOR VICE PRESIDENTS
Eric Bukowski
Seamus J. Doyle
Nancy Foster
Patricia F. Horan
Deborah McGrory
William J. Newham, III
Stephen Sheridan
Thomas H. Simson
John P. Vivona
Joseph Walsh
Aidan P. Wood

VICE PRESIDENTS
Sharon Abbondondelo
William Araneo
Noman Arshad
Steven Bodziner
Edward Burger
Lance P. Burke
Anthony Carbone
Jeffrey Castillo
Kimberly Cioch
Stephanie Clancy
Deborah Cosgrove
Lisa A. DiIorio, CPA
Michelle Dosch
John Emanuele
Michael Fearon
Beth Flanagan
Stuart Fliegelman
Maria M. Fontana
Steven Frascatore
Peter M. Gajda
Stanley Glinka
Theresa Going
Laura Gorman
Michael V. Hadix
Maureen Hines
Craig Kittilsen
Monica LaCroix-Rubin
Patricia Liotta
John B. MacCulley
Theresa Mackey
Norma Marx
Marie A. McAlary
Michelle McAteer
Margaret B. Meighan
Robert P. Mensing
Nancy Messer
William Neuner
Corrinne Newman
Deborah Orlowski
Claudia Pilato
Philip Rinaldi
Ann Marie Roberts
Keith Robertson
Raymond Sanchez
Susan G. Schaefer
Thomas Sullivan
Kathleen Taveira
John Tuohy
Dawn M. Turnbull
Jeanne Marie Wickel
Catherine Wilinski

m
o
c
.
s
r
o
n
n
o
c
-
n
a
r
r
u
c
.
w
w
w
/

.
c
n

I

,
s
r
o
n
n
o
C
&
n
a
r
r
u
C
y
b
n
g
i
s
e
D

t
r
o
p
e
R

l

a
u
n
n
A

n
o
n
n
e
L
m
J

i

y
b
y
h
p
a
r
g
o
t
o
h
P

INVESTOR RELATIONS
Exchange: NASDAQ®
Symbol: BDGE
Howard H. Nolan, CPA
Sr. Executive Vice President and
Corporate Secretary
2200 Montauk Highway
P.O. Box 3005
Bridgehampton, NY 11932
631.537.1000
hnolan@bridgenb.com

Shareholders seeking information
about the company may access
presentations, press releases and
government filings through the
Bank’s website: www.bridgenb.com.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT  
AND REGISTRAR
Computershare Investor Services
P.O. Box 30170
College Station, TX 77842-3170
800.368.5948
www.computershare.com

Shareholders who would like to make
changes to the name, address or
ownership of their stock, consolidate
accounts, eliminate duplicate mailings, 
or replace lost certificates or dividend 
checks, should contact Computershare.

SECURITIES COUNSEL
Luse Gorman, P.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
Suite 780
Washington, DC 20015-2035

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING
The Annual Meeting of Shareholders
is scheduled for 11:00 a.m. on Friday,
May 8, 2015 in the Community
Room, Bridgehampton National
Bank, 2200 Montauk Highway,
Bridgehampton, NY 11932.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BRIDGE
BANCORP, INC.

2200 Montauk Highway
P.O. Box 3005
Bridgehampton, New York 11932
631.537.1000
www.bridgenb.com

BRIDGEHAMPTON NATIONAL BANK BRANCHES

Bay Shore
631.486.1605

Bridgehampton
631.537.8834

Center Moriches
631.909.4990

Cutchogue
631.734.5002

Deer Park
631.392.1301

East Hampton
631.324.8480

Hampton Bays
631.728.9041

Hauppauge
631.909.7500

Massapequa
516.882.1111

Mattituck
631.298.0190

Melville
631.546.1500

Merrick
516.632.1600

East Hampton Village
631.324.8481

Montauk
631.668.6400

Greenport
631.477.0220

Patchogue
631.923.1495

Peconic Landing
(Greenport)
631.477.8150

Port Jefferson
631.886.0006

Rocky Point
631.886.0002

Ronkonkoma
631.940.1470

Sag Harbor
631.725.6622

Shelter Island
631.907.2125

Shirley
631.281.1245

Smithtown
631.486.1610

Southampton Village
631.287.6504 

Southampton,
Windmill Lane
631.287.9500

Southold
631.765.1500

Wading River
631.929.4250

Westhampton Beach
631.288.7756

BRIDGE ABSTRACT LLC

COMMERCIAL LOAN OFFICES

Manhattan: 212.389.6289
Riverhead: 631.537.1000

2200 Montauk Highway
P.O. Box 3031
Bridgehampton, NY 11932
631.537.5750
www.bridgeabstractllc.com

About Us

Bridge  Bancorp,  Inc.  is  a  bank  holding  company  engaged  in  commercial  banking  and  financial  
services  through  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  The  Bridgehampton  National  Bank  (“BNB”). 
Established in 1910, BNB, with assets of approximately $2.3 billion, and a primary market area of 
Suffolk and Southern Nassau Counties, Long Island, operates 29 retail branch locations and two loan 
production offices; one in Manhattan, and one in Riverhead, New York. Through its branch network 
and its electronic delivery channels, BNB provides deposit and loan products and financial services to 
local  businesses,  consumers  and  municipalities.  Title  insurance  services  are  offered  through  BNB’s 
wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Bridge  Abstract.  Bridge  Financial  Services,  Inc.  offers  financial  planning 
and investment consultation.

BNB has a rich tradition of involvement in the community, supporting programs and initiatives that 
promote local business, the environment, education, healthcare, social services and the arts.